[debian-edu-commits] debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git (#223) - wheezy (branch) updated: 0.7.20071028-9-ge8224ff

David Prévot taffit at alioth.debian.org
Sat Oct 5 12:14:28 UTC 2013


The branch, wheezy has been updated
       via  e8224ff1e738ad9b654fc79d4656d55189082b32 (commit)
      from  d37c46f70f9001d436967f8c56f1806083420ad1 (commit)

Those revisions listed above that are new to this repository have
not appeared on any other notification email; so we list those
revisions in full, below.

- Log -----------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Summary of changes:
 documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po | 1127 ++++++------
 documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po | 1154 ++++++------
 documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po | 1127 ++++++------
 documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml   | 1928 ++++++++++++++-------
 4 files changed, 3087 insertions(+), 2249 deletions(-)

The diff of changes is:
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
index 3be8366..8f9a853 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-31 23:32+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-01 11:15+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-23 14:42+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Roland F.Teichert <rfteichert at imail.de>\n"
 "Language-Team: Deutsch <de at li.org>\n"
@@ -22,17 +22,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "Plural-Forms:  nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1
+#: release-manual.xml:2
 msgid "DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne"
 msgstr "DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:1193
+#: release-manual.xml:8 release-manual.xml:1830
 msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
 msgstr "Anleitung zum Release von Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:4
+#: release-manual.xml:10
 msgid ""
 "This is the (<emphasis>still incomplete </emphasis>) release manual for the "
 "Debian Edu etch 3.0 release."
@@ -41,15 +41,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "das Debian Edu etch 3.0 Release."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:6
+#: release-manual.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-10-31 22:32 UTC</"
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-01 10:14 UTC</"
 "computeroutput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:8
+#: release-manual.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
 "Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> is a "
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink> ist ein Wiki und wird häufig aktualisiert."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:10
+#: release-manual.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Translations </"
 "ulink> are part of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> "
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:14
+#: release-manual.xml:24
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AboutDebianEdu'>About </ulink> "
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Debian-Edu und Skolelinux"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:17
+#: release-manual.xml:28
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture'>Architecture </"
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "- Grundlagen von Debian-Edu"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:20
+#: release-manual.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Features'>Features </ulink> - new "
 "Features in this release and old ones"
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "und neue Funktionen in diesem Release"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:23
+#: release-manual.xml:36
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Requirements'>Requirements </"
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink> zum Betrieb von Debian-Edu"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:26
+#: release-manual.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Installation'>Installation </"
 "ulink> - how to install"
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink> - Hinweise zur Installation"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:29
+#: release-manual.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/GettingStarted'>Getting started </"
 "ulink> - what needs to be done after Installation"
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink> - notwendige Maßnahmen nach der Installation"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:32
+#: release-manual.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintainance'>Maintainance </"
 "ulink> - Security updates, Backups and monitoring the systems"
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Sicherheitsupdates, Backups und Systemüberwachung"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:35
+#: release-manual.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Upgrades'>Upgrades </ulink> from "
 "Debian Edu sarge and woody"
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Debian Edu sarge und woody"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:38
+#: release-manual.xml:56
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> - simple "
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Schritt für Schritt Anleitungen"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:40
+#: release-manual.xml:59
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Administration'>general "
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink> dieses Dokuments"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:43
+#: release-manual.xml:63
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Desktop'>the desktop </"
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink> dieses Dokuments"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:46
+#: release-manual.xml:67
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/"
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink> zum Betrieb von Debian-Edu"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:49
+#: release-manual.xml:71
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/TeachAndLearn'>teaching "
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink> dieses Dokuments"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:54
+#: release-manual.xml:77
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Contribute'>Contribute </ulink> to "
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Debian-Edu"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:57
+#: release-manual.xml:81
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Support'>Support </ulink> - how"
 "+where to find help"
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "und Wo findet man Hilfe"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:60
+#: release-manual.xml:85
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/CopyRight'>Copyright </ulink> and "
 "Authors of this document"
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Autoren"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:63
+#: release-manual.xml:89
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Translations </"
 "ulink> of this document"
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink> dieses Dokuments"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:66
+#: release-manual.xml:93
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AppendixA'>Appendix A </ulink> - "
 "The GNU Public Licence"
@@ -240,14 +240,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "GNU Public Licence"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:69
+#: release-manual.xml:97
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AppendixB'>Appendix B </ulink> - "
 "about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:73
+#: release-manual.xml:102
 msgid ""
 "Special pages: <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>Index page </"
 "ulink> - <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne'>All in one page "
@@ -258,13 +258,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:77
+#: release-manual.xml:109
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux"
 msgstr "Über DebianEdu und Skolelinux"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:78
+#: release-manual.xml:111
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Skolelinux is the Debian Edu project's <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.net/"
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "schools serving the 6-16 years age bracket)."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:80
+#: release-manual.xml:114
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The system is in use in several countries around the world, with most "
@@ -292,12 +292,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "meisten Benutzern in Norwegen, Deitschland und Frankreich."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:82
+#: release-manual.xml:119
 msgid "Architecture"
 msgstr "Architektur"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:83
+#: release-manual.xml:121
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "This section of the document describes the network architecture and services "
@@ -307,17 +307,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "Skolelinux-Installation."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:84
+#: release-manual.xml:125
 msgid "Network"
 msgstr "Netzwerk"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:86
+#: release-manual.xml:128
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:network-arch_en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>attachment:network-arch_en.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:90
+#: release-manual.xml:133
 msgid ""
 "Network architecture as dia file: <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
 "Architecture?action=AttachFile&do=get&target=network-arch_en."
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "target=network-arch_en.dia'>attachment:network-arch_en.dia </ulink>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:92
+#: release-manual.xml:136
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of "
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Netzwerkdienste nicht stört."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:93
+#: release-manual.xml:138
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is "
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "DNS-Alias für die geänderten Dienste auf die richtige Maschine zeigt. "
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:94
+#: release-manual.xml:140
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet "
@@ -385,12 +385,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "konfigurieren."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:96
+#: release-manual.xml:145
 msgid "Services"
 msgstr "Dienste"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:97
+#: release-manual.xml:147
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "With the exception of the control of the thin-clients, all services are "
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "und die DNS-Konfiguration entsprechend anpasst. "
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:98
+#: release-manual.xml:149
 msgid ""
 "To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the "
 "network are encrypted, so no passwords are send over the network as plain "
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "dass keine Klartextpasswörter in das Netzwerk gelangen."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:99
+#: release-manual.xml:151
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Below is a list of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux "
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "um die Änderung von IP-Bereichen oder Domänennamen zu erleichtern."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:118
+#: release-manual.xml:171
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Each user stores his personal files in his home folder which is made "
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "bedient."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:119
+#: release-manual.xml:173
 msgid ""
 "By default e-mail is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) "
 "only, though e-mail delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the "
@@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:120
+#: release-manual.xml:175
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to "
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "einheitlichen Zugangsdaten (Nutzername/Kennwort) genutzt werden können."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:121
+#: release-manual.xml:177
 msgid ""
 "To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches "
 "files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in "
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:122
+#: release-manual.xml:179
 msgid ""
 "Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. "
 "Normal clients are allocated IP addresses in the private subnet 10.0.2.0/23, "
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:123
+#: release-manual.xml:181
 msgid ""
 "Centralized logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog "
 "messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts "
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:124
+#: release-manual.xml:183
 msgid ""
 "By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*."
 "intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS "
@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:125
+#: release-manual.xml:185
 msgid ""
 "Pupils and teachers have the possibility to publish websites. The web server "
 "provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to "
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:126
+#: release-manual.xml:187
 msgid ""
 "Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, "
 "and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To "
@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:127
+#: release-manual.xml:189
 msgid ""
 "Administration of services and users will by and large be via web, and "
 "follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are "
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:128
+#: release-manual.xml:191
 msgid ""
 "In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug "
 "problems, time needs to be synchronized on the different machines. To "
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:129
+#: release-manual.xml:193
 msgid ""
 "Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the network, "
 "or connected to a server, workstation or thin-client-server. Access to "
@@ -569,12 +569,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:130
+#: release-manual.xml:197
 msgid "Thin client services"
 msgstr "Thin-Client Dienste"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:131
+#: release-manual.xml:199
 msgid ""
 "A thin client setup enables a ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal. "
 "This means that that machine boots from a diskette or directly from the "
@@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:132
+#: release-manual.xml:201
 msgid ""
 "Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they "
 "effectively run all programs on the LTSP-Server. This works as follows: The "
@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:133
+#: release-manual.xml:203
 msgid ""
 "The thin client server is set up to receive syslog from the thin clients, "
 "and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient. (Oops, the thin "
@@ -603,12 +603,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:136
+#: release-manual.xml:209
 msgid "Administration"
 msgstr "Administration"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:137
+#: release-manual.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "All the linux machines that are installed by means of a Skolelinux CD or DVD "
 "will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It "
@@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:138
+#: release-manual.xml:213
 msgid ""
 "We use cfengine to edit configuration files. These files are updated from "
 "the server to the clients. In order to change the client configuration, it "
@@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:139
+#: release-manual.xml:215
 msgid ""
 "All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts "
 "are made against this database and is used by the clients for user "
@@ -634,17 +634,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:141 release-manual.xml:260
+#: release-manual.xml:220 release-manual.xml:390
 msgid "Installation"
 msgstr "Installation"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:142
+#: release-manual.xml:222
 msgid "Installation is possible either from a CD or DVD."
 msgstr "Die Installation ist von CD oder DVD möglich."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:143
+#: release-manual.xml:224
 msgid ""
 "The aim is to be able to install a server from CD/DVD, and install clients "
 "over the network by booting all other machines from the network. The DVD "
@@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:144
+#: release-manual.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired "
 "language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine profile (server, "
@@ -662,12 +662,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:146
+#: release-manual.xml:231
 msgid "File system access configuration"
 msgstr "Konfiguration des Dateisystem-Zugriffs"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:147
+#: release-manual.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the "
 "file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration "
@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:148
+#: release-manual.xml:235
 msgid ""
 "To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared "
 "directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the "
@@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:151
+#: release-manual.xml:239
 msgid ""
 "To enable shared file access control using the file groups, each user must "
 "be assigned a primary group with no other members. The name of this private "
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:153
+#: release-manual.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "The initial access settings for newly created files is a matter of policy. "
 "They may either be set to give read access to everybody, which can later be "
@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:154
+#: release-manual.xml:244
 msgid ""
 "Suggestion: The files are initially set to be readable by all, but "
 "particular directories are created in which the content is initially "
@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:160
+#: release-manual.xml:251
 msgid ""
 "ssh requires that the home directory can only be written to by the owner, "
 "thus the maximum access privilege for <computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput> "
@@ -748,34 +748,34 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:165
+#: release-manual.xml:259
 msgid "random notes"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:166
+#: release-manual.xml:261
 msgid ""
 "These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this "
 "document."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:177
+#: release-manual.xml:276
 msgid "Features"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:178
+#: release-manual.xml:280
 msgid "New features in the \"3.0 Terra\" release 2007-07-22"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:187
+#: release-manual.xml:290
 msgid "OpenOffice.org version 2.0."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:199
+#: release-manual.xml:303
 msgid ""
 "Regression: Webmin is now removed from Debian because of problems supporting "
 "it. We've added a new web based user administration tool named "
@@ -786,22 +786,22 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:207
+#: release-manual.xml:314
 msgid "Features in 2.0 release 2006-03-14"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:212
+#: release-manual.xml:320
 msgid "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:216
+#: release-manual.xml:327
 msgid "Features in \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:222
+#: release-manual.xml:334
 msgid ""
 "(Information on the older releases can be found on <ulink url='http://"
 "developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html'>http://developer."
@@ -809,12 +809,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:226
+#: release-manual.xml:341
 msgid "Requirements"
 msgstr "Vorraussetzungen"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:227
+#: release-manual.xml:343
 msgid ""
 "There are different ways of set up a Skolelinux solution. It can be "
 "installed on just one standalone PC or a regional wide solution at many "
@@ -824,22 +824,22 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:236
+#: release-manual.xml:353
 msgid ""
-"for diskless workstations (also known as <ulink url='/LowFat'>LowFat </"
-"ulink> clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz or more is recommended minimum "
-"requirements. Swapping over the network is automatically enabled, the swap "
-"size is 32mb, if you need more you can tune this by editing /etc/ltsp/"
-"nbdswapd.conf on tjener to set the SIZE variable."
+"for diskless workstations (also known as LowFat clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 "
+"MHz or more is recommended minimum requirements. Swapping over the network "
+"is automatically enabled, the swap size is 32mb, if you need more you can "
+"tune this by editing /etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf on tjener to set the SIZE "
+"variable."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:241
+#: release-manual.xml:358
 msgid "FIXME: add links to explainations of main-server and thinclient-server"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:242
+#: release-manual.xml:360
 msgid ""
 "A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
 "org/DebianEdu/Hardware/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/ </"
@@ -847,18 +847,18 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:244
+#: release-manual.xml:365
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Network requirements"
 msgstr "Vorraussetzungen an das Netzwerk"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:245
+#: release-manual.xml:369
 msgid "Internet-Router"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:246
+#: release-manual.xml:371
 msgid ""
 "A router/gateway, connected to the internet on the external interface and "
 "running on the IP address 10.0.2.1 on the internal interface. The router "
@@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:247
+#: release-manual.xml:373
 msgid ""
 "If you are looking for a i386 based solution, we recommend <ulink "
 "url='http://www.ipcop.org'>IPCop </ulink> or <ulink url='http://www.zelow.no/"
@@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:254
+#: release-manual.xml:381
 msgid ""
 "It's possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink "
 "url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>documented "
@@ -892,12 +892,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:261
+#: release-manual.xml:394
 msgid "Where to find more information"
 msgstr "Wo sie weiter Informationen finden können"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:262
+#: release-manual.xml:396
 msgid ""
 "We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url='http://www."
 "debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>release notes for Debian etch </"
@@ -907,12 +907,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:264 release-manual.xml:1062 release-manual.xml:1088
+#: release-manual.xml:398 release-manual.xml:1608 release-manual.xml:1647
 msgid "<phrase>:-)  </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:268
+#: release-manual.xml:403
 msgid ""
 "Even more <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
 "installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -920,17 +920,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:271
+#: release-manual.xml:409
 msgid "Download an installation media for Debian Edu etch 3.0r0"
 msgstr "Herunterladen eines Installationsmediums für Debian Edu etch 3.0r0"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:272
+#: release-manual.xml:413
 msgid "DVDs for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
 msgstr "DVD's für i386, amd64 und powerpc"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:273
+#: release-manual.xml:415
 msgid ""
 "The multiarch dvd ISO image is 4.4 GiB large. To download it, use either of "
 "these methods:"
@@ -939,108 +939,108 @@ msgstr ""
 "es herunterzuladen, nutze eine der beiden Methoden:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:274
+#: release-manual.xml:417
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
 "i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:276
+#: release-manual.xml:420
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
 "amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:278
+#: release-manual.xml:423
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
 "amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:282
+#: release-manual.xml:428
 msgid "or for the netinstall cd you can download for i386"
 msgstr ""
 "Oder, um eine Netzinstallation durchzuführen, kannst Du eine CD für die i386 "
 "und für die amd64 Architektur herunterladen."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:283
+#: release-manual.xml:430
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
 "netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:285
+#: release-manual.xml:433
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
 "netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:287
+#: release-manual.xml:436
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
 "netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:291
+#: release-manual.xml:441
 msgid "amd64"
 msgstr "amd64"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:292
+#: release-manual.xml:443
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
 "netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:294
+#: release-manual.xml:446
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
 "amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:296
+#: release-manual.xml:449
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
 "amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:300
+#: release-manual.xml:454
 msgid "and powerpc (suited for the newworld sub-architecture)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:301
+#: release-manual.xml:456
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
 "powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:303
+#: release-manual.xml:459
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
 "powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:305
+#: release-manual.xml:462
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
 "powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:309
+#: release-manual.xml:467
 msgid ""
 "The powerpc port has not been tested as much as the other architectures, "
 "though it should work just fine and has been reported to work. Still, we "
@@ -1049,38 +1049,38 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:310
+#: release-manual.xml:469
 msgid "The source code for this release is available on a DVD image"
 msgstr "Der Quellcode für dieses Release ist auf einem DVD-Image verfügbar"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:311
+#: release-manual.xml:471
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
 "source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:313
+#: release-manual.xml:474
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
 "source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:315
+#: release-manual.xml:477
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
 "source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:321
+#: release-manual.xml:486
 msgid "Request a CD/DVD by mail"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:322
+#: release-manual.xml:488
 msgid ""
 "For those without a fast internet connection, we offer to send you a CD or "
 "DVD for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink "
@@ -1089,24 +1089,24 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:324 release-manual.xml:378 release-manual.xml:1183
+#: release-manual.xml:490 release-manual.xml:556 release-manual.xml:1812
 msgid "<phrase>:)  </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>:)  </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:327
+#: release-manual.xml:493
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD "
 "to be sent to in the email."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:329
+#: release-manual.xml:498
 msgid "Installation from CD"
 msgstr "Installation von CD"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:330
+#: release-manual.xml:500
 msgid ""
 "The netinst installation will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest "
 "from the net.  The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from "
@@ -1117,12 +1117,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "vom jeweiligen Installationsprofil ab."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:340
+#: release-manual.xml:513
 msgid "Installation options"
 msgstr "Installationsoptionen"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:341
+#: release-manual.xml:515
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But "
@@ -1141,7 +1141,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Voreinstellungen für die Mehrheit unserer Anwender sehr  gut passen."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:342
+#: release-manual.xml:517
 msgid ""
 "Normal graphical installation is the default on i386 and amd64. The powerpc "
 "installer does not support graphical installation. Enter "
@@ -1150,7 +1150,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:345
+#: release-manual.xml:521
 msgid ""
 "The <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert boot </computeroutput> option adds the "
 "barebone profile to the profile options, and switches to manual "
@@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:350
+#: release-manual.xml:527
 msgid ""
 "If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multiarch DVD it would be "
 "<computeroutput>amd64-install </computeroutput>. Likewise you can choose "
@@ -1169,7 +1169,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:376
+#: release-manual.xml:554
 msgid ""
 "please say yes to submit information to <ulink url='http://popcon.skolelinux."
 "org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - though you dont have to "
@@ -1180,19 +1180,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "müssen dies aber nicht <inlinemediaobject>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:386
+#: release-manual.xml:565
 msgid ""
 "FIXME: this section needs a link to the half-thick client (aka diskless "
 "workstation aka lowfat clients) installation howto."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:387
+#: release-manual.xml:569
 msgid "A note on manual partitioning"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:388
+#: release-manual.xml:571
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to do manual partitioning for the main-server, you need to "
 "make sure that the directory /skole/tjener/home0 exists, probably by "
@@ -1203,12 +1203,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:390
+#: release-manual.xml:576
 msgid "A note on notebooks"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:391
+#: release-manual.xml:578
 msgid ""
 "In principal it makes sense to either install notebooks with the workstation "
 "or with the standalone profile. But keep in mind, that the workstation "
@@ -1219,7 +1219,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:392
+#: release-manual.xml:580
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to reconfigure workstations to cache authentication "
 "information and sync the home directories to local disk (and resync to the "
@@ -1228,112 +1228,112 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:396
+#: release-manual.xml:587
 msgid ""
 "Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:398
+#: release-manual.xml:590
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:403
+#: release-manual.xml:596
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:408
+#: release-manual.xml:602
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:413
+#: release-manual.xml:608
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:418
+#: release-manual.xml:614
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:423
+#: release-manual.xml:620
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:428
+#: release-manual.xml:626
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:433
+#: release-manual.xml:632
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:438
+#: release-manual.xml:638
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:443
+#: release-manual.xml:644
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:448
+#: release-manual.xml:650
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:453
+#: release-manual.xml:656
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:458
+#: release-manual.xml:662
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:463
+#: release-manual.xml:668
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:467
+#: release-manual.xml:673
 msgid ""
 "The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
 "screen shot."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:469
+#: release-manual.xml:676
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:475
+#: release-manual.xml:685
 msgid "Getting started"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:476
+#: release-manual.xml:687
 msgid ""
 "This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
 "to get started.  The minimum you need to do is:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:481
+#: release-manual.xml:693
 msgid "This is described below."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:482
+#: release-manual.xml:695
 msgid ""
 "The <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> chapter "
 "describes more tips and tricks and frequently asked questions, while this "
@@ -1341,30 +1341,30 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:485
+#: release-manual.xml:699
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting_started.png </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>attachment:getting_started.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:489
+#: release-manual.xml:706
 msgid "Services running on the main server"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:490
+#: release-manual.xml:708
 msgid ""
 "There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
 "via a web management interface.  We'll describe each service here."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:491
+#: release-manual.xml:712
 msgid "Using lwat web based management"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:492
+#: release-manual.xml:714
 msgid ""
 "Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
 "important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
@@ -1372,7 +1372,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:498
+#: release-manual.xml:721
 msgid ""
 "To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/"
 "lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. There you will see the page below with the "
@@ -1383,38 +1383,38 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:500
+#: release-manual.xml:723
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "admin]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:501
+#: release-manual.xml:725
 msgid ""
 "and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
 "root account."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:503
+#: release-manual.xml:728
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login-en.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:507
+#: release-manual.xml:733
 msgid ""
 "After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
 "menu."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:509
+#: release-manual.xml:738
 msgid "User Management with lwat"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:510
+#: release-manual.xml:740
 msgid ""
 "In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
 "used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -1424,14 +1424,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:511
+#: release-manual.xml:742
 msgid ""
 "To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
 "data entered to the LDAP directory."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:512
+#: release-manual.xml:744
 msgid ""
 "You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
 "members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
@@ -1439,19 +1439,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:513
+#: release-manual.xml:746
 msgid ""
 "Here only the basic operations are shown, for details please refer to the "
 "online manual of lwat."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:514
+#: release-manual.xml:750
 msgid "Adding users"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:515
+#: release-manual.xml:752
 msgid ""
 "To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
 "menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -1465,77 +1465,77 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:523
+#: release-manual.xml:763
 msgid "Students"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:525
+#: release-manual.xml:766
 msgid "Login and use the system"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:528
+#: release-manual.xml:770
 msgid "Teachers"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:530
+#: release-manual.xml:773
 msgid "Same as Students"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:533
+#: release-manual.xml:777
 msgid "jrAdmins"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:535
+#: release-manual.xml:780
 msgid ""
 "Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
 "of Admins)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:538
+#: release-manual.xml:784
 msgid "Admins"
 msgstr "Administratoren"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:540
+#: release-manual.xml:787
 msgid ""
 "Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/"
 "machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:546
+#: release-manual.xml:794
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
 "is added."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:547
+#: release-manual.xml:796
 msgid ""
 "You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
 "you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:549
+#: release-manual.xml:799
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser-en.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:553
+#: release-manual.xml:804
 msgid ""
 "If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
 "data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:555
+#: release-manual.xml:807
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -1545,12 +1545,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:560
+#: release-manual.xml:815
 msgid "Search and delete Users"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:561
+#: release-manual.xml:817
 msgid ""
 "To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
 "entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -1562,12 +1562,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:563
+#: release-manual.xml:820
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser-en.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:567
+#: release-manual.xml:825
 msgid ""
 "A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
 "to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
@@ -1575,17 +1575,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:569
+#: release-manual.xml:828
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser-en.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:575
+#: release-manual.xml:837
 msgid "Group Management with lwat"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:576
+#: release-manual.xml:839
 msgid ""
 "The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
 "can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -1594,89 +1594,89 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:577
+#: release-manual.xml:841
 msgid ""
 "The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
 "you can use them for file permissions too."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:579
+#: release-manual.xml:846
 msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:580
+#: release-manual.xml:848
 msgid ""
 "With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
 "your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
 "lwat has a Hostname, an IP-address, an MAC-address and a domain name which "
 "usually is \"intern\". For a more verbose description about the Debian Edu "
 "architecture see the <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
-"Architecture'>architecture </ulink> section of this manual."
+"Architecture'>architecture </ulink> chapter of this manual."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:582
+#: release-manual.xml:851
 msgid ""
 "If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
 "address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:593
+#: release-manual.xml:866
 msgid "10.0.2.10"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:595
+#: release-manual.xml:869
 msgid "10.0.2.29"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:597
+#: release-manual.xml:872
 msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:602
+#: release-manual.xml:878
 msgid "10.0.2.30"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:604
+#: release-manual.xml:881
 msgid "10.0.2.49"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:606
+#: release-manual.xml:884
 msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:611
+#: release-manual.xml:890
 msgid "10.0.2.50"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:613
+#: release-manual.xml:893
 msgid "10.0.2.99"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:615
+#: release-manual.xml:896
 msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:623
+#: release-manual.xml:905
 msgid ""
 "The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
 "are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:624
+#: release-manual.xml:907
 msgid ""
 "To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
 "you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -1685,18 +1685,18 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:626
+#: release-manual.xml:910
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>attachment:network-arch_en.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:631 release-manual.xml:655 release-manual.xml:940
+#: release-manual.xml:916 release-manual.xml:949 release-manual.xml:1399
 msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:634
+#: release-manual.xml:919
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
 "configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -1704,12 +1704,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:635
+#: release-manual.xml:923
 msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:636
+#: release-manual.xml:925
 msgid ""
 "To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
 "lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
@@ -1718,7 +1718,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:639
+#: release-manual.xml:929
 msgid ""
 "For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
 "favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -1726,7 +1726,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:642
+#: release-manual.xml:933
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "host static00 {\n"
@@ -1737,14 +1737,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:647
+#: release-manual.xml:939
 msgid ""
 "You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
 "static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:649
+#: release-manual.xml:942
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "host static00 {\n"
@@ -1755,31 +1755,31 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:658
+#: release-manual.xml:952
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
 "whenever you have changed the configuration."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:660
+#: release-manual.xml:957
 msgid "More lwat documentation"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:661
+#: release-manual.xml:959
 msgid ""
 "The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
 "doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:665
+#: release-manual.xml:966
 msgid "Printer Managment"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:666
+#: release-manual.xml:968
 msgid ""
 "For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://"
 "www:631'>https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups management site "
@@ -1789,7 +1789,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:668
+#: release-manual.xml:971
 msgid ""
 "If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
 "<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -1797,24 +1797,24 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:673
+#: release-manual.xml:979
 msgid "Maintainance"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:674
+#: release-manual.xml:983
 msgid "Updating the software"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:675
+#: release-manual.xml:985
 msgid ""
 "This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
 "computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:677
+#: release-manual.xml:988
 msgid ""
 "Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
 "a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -1824,14 +1824,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:681
+#: release-manual.xml:993
 msgid ""
 "Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
 "FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:682
+#: release-manual.xml:995
 msgid ""
 "It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
 "and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -1839,7 +1839,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:685
+#: release-manual.xml:999
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
 "email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -1848,19 +1848,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:688
+#: release-manual.xml:1003
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
 "entries to you."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:691
+#: release-manual.xml:1009
 msgid "Backup Management"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:692
+#: release-manual.xml:1011
 msgid ""
 "For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/"
 "slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
@@ -1869,7 +1869,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:694
+#: release-manual.xml:1014
 msgid ""
 "Per default the tjener will backup /skole/tjener/home0, /etc/ and the ldap "
 "to /skole/backup which is in the lvm. If you only want to have things twice "
@@ -1877,41 +1877,41 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:695
+#: release-manual.xml:1016
 msgid ""
 "If you want to backup your data to an external server you'll have to modify "
 "the existing configuration a bit."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:696
+#: release-manual.xml:1018
 msgid ""
 "FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
 "further"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:698
+#: release-manual.xml:1023
 msgid "Server Monitoring"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:699
+#: release-manual.xml:1027
 msgid "Munin"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:701
+#: release-manual.xml:1032
 msgid "Nagios"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:703
+#: release-manual.xml:1037
 msgid "Sitesummary"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:704
+#: release-manual.xml:1039
 msgid ""
 "Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url='http://wiki."
 "debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
@@ -1919,17 +1919,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:706
+#: release-manual.xml:1042
 msgid "give pointers to munin, sitesummary and nagios doc"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:710
+#: release-manual.xml:1049
 msgid "Upgrades"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:711
+#: release-manual.xml:1051
 msgid ""
 "Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
 "your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian Edu/"
@@ -1938,7 +1938,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:713
+#: release-manual.xml:1054
 msgid ""
 "More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
 "installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -1946,7 +1946,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:715
+#: release-manual.xml:1057
 msgid ""
 "If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
 "you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -1955,7 +1955,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:716
+#: release-manual.xml:1059
 msgid ""
 "Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
 "weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document "
@@ -1966,18 +1966,18 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:718
+#: release-manual.xml:1064
 msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:719
+#: release-manual.xml:1066
 msgid ""
 "Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:720
+#: release-manual.xml:1068
 msgid ""
 "In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url='http://www.debian."
 "org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>releasenotes for Debian etch </ulink>. "
@@ -1989,12 +1989,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:724
+#: release-manual.xml:1075
 msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:725
+#: release-manual.xml:1077
 msgid ""
 "The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
 "Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -2002,14 +2002,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:729
+#: release-manual.xml:1082
 msgid ""
 "But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
 "of the Installer."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:730
+#: release-manual.xml:1084
 msgid ""
 "The main problem is here that the System Volumegroup is quit small since the "
 "data in this Partitions is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on an 8GB "
@@ -2020,19 +2020,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:732
+#: release-manual.xml:1089
 msgid "Prepare the System"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:733
+#: release-manual.xml:1091
 msgid ""
 "If you have enough space in the vg_system Volumegroup but not in the lv_var- "
 "Partition you have to resize this partition:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:734
+#: release-manual.xml:1092
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -2041,25 +2041,25 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:739
+#: release-manual.xml:1097
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:742
+#: release-manual.xml:1100
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:745
+#: release-manual.xml:1103
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:748
+#: release-manual.xml:1106
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "mount /var \n"
@@ -2068,12 +2068,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:755
+#: release-manual.xml:1114
 msgid "Now start the upgrade with:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:756
+#: release-manual.xml:1115
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "aptitude update \n"
@@ -2081,12 +2081,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:760
+#: release-manual.xml:1120
 msgid "after you have modified your sources.list:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:761
+#: release-manual.xml:1121
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
@@ -2094,92 +2094,91 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:766
+#: release-manual.xml:1129
 msgid "Answers to Debconf Questions raising during upgrade"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:767
+#: release-manual.xml:1131
 msgid ""
 "Okay we'll give yo here some hints, what you should answer when some debconf "
-"Questions comes up. But please note. This upgrade <ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo "
-"</ulink> is based on a very plain fresh installation of an mainserver + "
-"terminalserver. So which questions raises up in addition to that depends on "
-"what is additionally installed on your system (which isn't included per "
-"default in the sarge based <ulink url='/DebianEdu'>DebianEdu </ulink> "
-"Release).  So if there are any questions where you don't know what to "
-"answer, don't hesitate to ask us at the Mailinglist (<ulink url='mailto:"
-"debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) or at IRC "
-"(irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
+"Questions comes up. But please note. This upgrade HowTo is based on a very "
+"plain fresh installation of an mainserver + terminalserver. So which "
+"questions raises up in addition to that depends on what is additionally "
+"installed on your system (which isn't included per default in the sarge "
+"based Debian Edu Release).  So if there are any questions where you don't "
+"know what to answer, don't hesitate to ask us at the Mailinglist (<ulink "
+"url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </"
+"ulink>) or at IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:771
+#: release-manual.xml:1134
 msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:772
+#: release-manual.xml:1136
 msgid ""
 "Here you have to enter an passwort for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
 "user."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:776
+#: release-manual.xml:1141
 msgid "* Configure console-data"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:779
+#: release-manual.xml:1145
 msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:782
+#: release-manual.xml:1149
 msgid "* Configure systat"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:785
+#: release-manual.xml:1153
 msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:788
+#: release-manual.xml:1157
 msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:789
+#: release-manual.xml:1159
 msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:792
+#: release-manual.xml:1163
 msgid ""
 "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:799
+#: release-manual.xml:1171
 msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer Yes here."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:800
+#: release-manual.xml:1173
 msgid "* Restart Services. Answer Yes here."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:801
+#: release-manual.xml:1175
 msgid ""
 "Okay. This should be all if you have no additional packages installed. Now "
 "the upgrade process start to replace the packages."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:802
+#: release-manual.xml:1177
 msgid ""
 "Please note here: The Installer will ask several times if you want to keep "
 "your old modified Version of an Configfile or if you want to get the latest. "
@@ -2188,12 +2187,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:803
+#: release-manual.xml:1179
 msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:804
+#: release-manual.xml:1180
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2204,7 +2203,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:809
+#: release-manual.xml:1186
 msgid ""
 "To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
 "mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -2214,28 +2213,28 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:813
+#: release-manual.xml:1190
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:814
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
 msgid "Now the upgrade work again:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:815
+#: release-manual.xml:1194
 msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:818
+#: release-manual.xml:1198
 msgid "Then the installation failed another time:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:819
+#: release-manual.xml:1199
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2245,7 +2244,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:823
+#: release-manual.xml:1204
 msgid ""
 "In order to fix this rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
 "dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since ldap now runs not "
@@ -2254,7 +2253,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:826
+#: release-manual.xml:1207
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -2262,7 +2261,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:828
+#: release-manual.xml:1210
 msgid ""
 "Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
 "emphasis> an error.  Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
@@ -2270,18 +2269,18 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:830
+#: release-manual.xml:1212
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:831
+#: release-manual.xml:1214
 msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:832
+#: release-manual.xml:1215
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2290,24 +2289,24 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:835
+#: release-manual.xml:1219
 msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:837
+#: release-manual.xml:1221
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:838
+#: release-manual.xml:1223
 msgid ""
 "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:839
+#: release-manual.xml:1225
 msgid ""
 "If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
 "now finish without raising more errors. The only remaining upgrade issue is "
@@ -2316,18 +2315,18 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:840
+#: release-manual.xml:1226
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:843
+#: release-manual.xml:1232
 msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:844
+#: release-manual.xml:1234
 msgid ""
 "Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
 "supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
@@ -2337,12 +2336,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:848
+#: release-manual.xml:1241
 msgid "Howtos for general administration"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:849
+#: release-manual.xml:1243
 msgid ""
 "The <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/GettingStarted'>Getting "
 "Started </ulink> and <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
@@ -2352,52 +2351,86 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:852
+#: release-manual.xml:1249
 msgid ""
 "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:860
-msgid "/etc/ in svk"
+#: release-manual.xml:1260
+msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1262
+msgid ""
+"With the introduction of the debian-edu-etc-svk script in Debian Edu, all "
+"changes done in /etc/ is tracked using a version control system.  This make "
+"it possible to see when a file changed, and what was changed if the file is "
+"a text file."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:861
-msgid "FIXME. see below for a link to a howto"
+#: release-manual.xml:1264
+msgid ""
+"It is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian Edu, and "
+"all changes done during installation are registered."
 msgstr ""
 
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:863
-msgid "printer managing"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1266
+msgid "List of available commands:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1267
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
+" debian-edu-etc-svk commit\n"
+" debian-edu-etc-svk status\n"
+" debian-edu-etc-svk log\n"
+" debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
+"]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:864
+#: release-manual.xml:1274
 msgid ""
-"To manage printers you can use cups' webinterface. Point your webbrowser to "
-"<ulink url='https://tjener:631'>https://tjener:631 </ulink>. You will need "
-"to enter root username and password, or some admin username/password with "
-"correct permissions to make changes."
+"The 'commit' command was renamed from 'update' 2007-07-06.  In a transition "
+"period, both commands will work."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:867
-msgid "Firewall setup (coyote linux)"
+#: release-manual.xml:1279
+msgid "Example usage"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1281
+msgid "In a freshly installed system try:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1284
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
+"]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:868
-msgid "FIXME"
+#: release-manual.xml:1287
+msgid "FIXME: explain how to commit and revert"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:870
+#: release-manual.xml:1292
 msgid "Resize Partitions"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:871
+#: release-manual.xml:1294
 msgid ""
 "Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes.  Only the /boot/ "
 "partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -2407,7 +2440,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:872
+#: release-manual.xml:1296
 msgid ""
 "It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
 "partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -2417,7 +2450,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:873
+#: release-manual.xml:1298
 msgid ""
 "To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
 "fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided.  When invoked, it reads "
@@ -2432,35 +2465,34 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:879
+#: release-manual.xml:1305
 msgid ""
 "FIXME: Should we copy instructions on how to use LVM here, or just refer to "
-"other documentataion? Perhaps use the <ulink url='/ResizeHome0'>ResizeHome0 "
-"</ulink> instructions?"
+"other documentataion? Perhaps use the ResizeHome0 instructions?"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:882
+#: release-manual.xml:1310
 msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:883 release-manual.xml:886
+#: release-manual.xml:1312 release-manual.xml:1319
 msgid "FIXME: describe how to..."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:885
+#: release-manual.xml:1317
 msgid "Using backports.org"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:888
+#: release-manual.xml:1324
 msgid "Java"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:890
+#: release-manual.xml:1327
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
@@ -2468,20 +2500,20 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:893 release-manual.xml:1021 release-manual.xml:1043
+#: release-manual.xml:1333 release-manual.xml:1543 release-manual.xml:1581
 msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:894 release-manual.xml:1022 release-manual.xml:1044
+#: release-manual.xml:1335 release-manual.xml:1545 release-manual.xml:1583
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"The <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
-"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are "
-"either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific <ulink "
-"url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> over here (and delete them over there)! (But "
-"first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they "
-"are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.)"
+"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
+"specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them "
+"over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to "
+"find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the "
+"GPL.)"
 msgstr ""
 "Die <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> von <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
 "org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> sind "
@@ -2489,29 +2521,29 @@ msgstr ""
 "Anwenderspezifischen <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> hierhin schieben!"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:919
+#: release-manual.xml:1363
 msgid "Howtos for the desktop"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:920
+#: release-manual.xml:1367
 msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:921
+#: release-manual.xml:1369
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode'>Kiosk mode </"
 "ulink> - description of the kiosk mode settings"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:926
+#: release-manual.xml:1377
 msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:927
+#: release-manual.xml:1379
 msgid ""
 "In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
 "it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -2519,14 +2551,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:929
+#: release-manual.xml:1382
 msgid ""
 "Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
 "package:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:930
+#: release-manual.xml:1383
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -2535,19 +2567,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:933
+#: release-manual.xml:1387
 msgid ""
 "See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
 "information on how these variables are used."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:936
+#: release-manual.xml:1393
 msgid "Flash"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:937
+#: release-manual.xml:1395
 msgid ""
 "To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
 "<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package.  It "
@@ -2557,21 +2589,21 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:943
+#: release-manual.xml:1402
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch "
 "[pere 2007-07-12]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:944
+#: release-manual.xml:1404
 msgid ""
 "An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia.  It "
 "work with both konqueror and firefox."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:945
+#: release-manual.xml:1406
 msgid ""
 "To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
 "url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -2580,14 +2612,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:947
+#: release-manual.xml:1409
 msgid ""
 "E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
 "webbrowser or with wget:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:948
+#: release-manual.xml:1410
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -2595,12 +2627,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:950
+#: release-manual.xml:1413
 msgid "Then install:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:951
+#: release-manual.xml:1414
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -2608,13 +2640,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:953
+#: release-manual.xml:1417
 msgid ""
 "If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:954
+#: release-manual.xml:1418
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -2622,17 +2654,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:957
+#: release-manual.xml:1424
 msgid "Other useful plugins"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:958
+#: release-manual.xml:1426
 msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:959
+#: release-manual.xml:1427
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -2640,12 +2672,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:962
+#: release-manual.xml:1433
 msgid "Playing DVDs"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:963
+#: release-manual.xml:1435
 msgid ""
 "libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
 "it's not included in Debian (Edu).  If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -2653,14 +2685,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:964
+#: release-manual.xml:1437
 msgid ""
 "To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
 "just add"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:965
+#: release-manual.xml:1438
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -2668,19 +2700,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:967
+#: release-manual.xml:1441
 msgid ""
 "to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
 "multimedia-keyring)."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:968
+#: release-manual.xml:1443
 msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:969
+#: release-manual.xml:1444
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -2688,17 +2720,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:973
+#: release-manual.xml:1451
 msgid "Howtos for networked clients"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:974
+#: release-manual.xml:1455
 msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:975
+#: release-manual.xml:1457
 msgid ""
 "Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
 "workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -2707,17 +2739,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:978
+#: release-manual.xml:1463
 msgid "LTSP in detail"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:979
+#: release-manual.xml:1467
 msgid "lts.conf"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:980
+#: release-manual.xml:1469
 msgid ""
 "To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
 "can edit the file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf. Have a look at /opt/ltsp/i386/"
@@ -2726,7 +2758,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:981
+#: release-manual.xml:1471
 msgid ""
 "The default values is defined under [default], to configure one client, "
 "specify which client using the client mac adress or ipadress like this "
@@ -2734,33 +2766,33 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:982
+#: release-manual.xml:1473
 msgid ""
 "Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
 "something like this:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:983
+#: release-manual.xml:1475
 msgid ""
 "[192.168.0.10] X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024 X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\" X_VERTREFRESH = "
 "\"59-62\""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:984
+#: release-manual.xml:1477
 msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:985
+#: release-manual.xml:1479
 msgid ""
 "Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
 "client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:986
+#: release-manual.xml:1481
 msgid ""
 "To use ipadresses in lts.conf you should add the client mac-address to your "
 "dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you "
@@ -2768,12 +2800,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:988
+#: release-manual.xml:1486
 msgid "load balancing LTSP servers"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:989
+#: release-manual.xml:1488
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
 "for load balancing.  One way is listing several servers using LDM_SERVER in "
@@ -2785,12 +2817,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:992
+#: release-manual.xml:1494
 msgid "Connecting windows machines to the network / windows integration"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:993
+#: release-manual.xml:1496
 msgid ""
 "For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
 "joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -2799,21 +2831,21 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:994
+#: release-manual.xml:1498
 msgid ""
 "In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
 "required:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:995
+#: release-manual.xml:1500
 msgid ""
 "1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
 "existing)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:996
+#: release-manual.xml:1502
 msgid ""
 "In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
 "group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -2823,12 +2855,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1000
+#: release-manual.xml:1507
 msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1001
+#: release-manual.xml:1509
 msgid ""
 "When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
 "controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -2841,19 +2873,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1004
+#: release-manual.xml:1513
 msgid ""
 "3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
 "matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1007
+#: release-manual.xml:1517
 msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1010
+#: release-manual.xml:1521
 msgid ""
 "Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
 "Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -2863,12 +2895,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1011
+#: release-manual.xml:1525
 msgid "XP home"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1012
+#: release-manual.xml:1527
 msgid ""
 "Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
 "their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -2877,12 +2909,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1015
+#: release-manual.xml:1533
 msgid "remote Desktops"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1016
+#: release-manual.xml:1535
 msgid ""
 "Some municipalities provide a remote desktop in addition to what defaults "
 "with Skolelinux. That way students and teachers can access Skolelinux from "
@@ -2890,7 +2922,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1029
+#: release-manual.xml:1552
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
 "LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
@@ -2899,43 +2931,43 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1035
+#: release-manual.xml:1561
 msgid "Howtos for teaching and learning"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1036
+#: release-manual.xml:1565
 msgid "Schooltool"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1037
+#: release-manual.xml:1567
 msgid ""
 "FIXME: the heading and the description needs fixing. Some schools in France "
 "use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and credit points."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1039
+#: release-manual.xml:1572
 msgid "Monitoring pupils and restricting their network access"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1040
+#: release-manual.xml:1574
 msgid ""
 "Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
 "students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1041
+#: release-manual.xml:1576
 msgid ""
 "Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
 "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1048
+#: release-manual.xml:1586
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
 "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -2943,23 +2975,23 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1054
+#: release-manual.xml:1595
 msgid "Contribute"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1055
+#: release-manual.xml:1599
 msgid "Let us know you exist"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1057
+#: release-manual.xml:1602
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>:)  </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1061
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
 msgid ""
 "There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
 "contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -2968,7 +3000,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1066
+#: release-manual.xml:1613
 msgid ""
 "The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
 "system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -2979,48 +3011,48 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1069
+#: release-manual.xml:1619
 msgid "Resources"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1070
+#: release-manual.xml:1621
 msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME </emphasis>, for now some basic pointers:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1072
+#: release-manual.xml:1624
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
 "DebianEdu </ulink> - mostly developer centric wiki"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1075
+#: release-manual.xml:1628
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/"
 "debian-edu </ulink> - developer centric mailing list"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1079
+#: release-manual.xml:1633
 msgid ""
 "we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
 "Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1083
+#: release-manual.xml:1638
 msgid "FIXME: add link to Support chapter"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1085
+#: release-manual.xml:1643
 msgid "Documentation writers"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1086
+#: release-manual.xml:1645
 msgid ""
 "This document needs your help. You can help at <ulink url='http://wiki."
 "skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/"
@@ -3028,39 +3060,38 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1093
+#: release-manual.xml:1655
 msgid "Translations wanted"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1094
+#: release-manual.xml:1657
 msgid ""
 "Another good way to help is by translating software and documentation. "
 "Information how to translate the documentation can be found in the <ulink "
-"url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations translation "
-"chapter'>DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations translation chapter </"
+"url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>translation chapter </"
 "ulink> of this book."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1097
+#: release-manual.xml:1663
 msgid "Join a local Debian Edu team"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1098
+#: release-manual.xml:1665
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME </emphasis>: in Norway, Germany, France, Spain "
 "(the region of Extremadura)."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1101
+#: release-manual.xml:1671
 msgid "Start a new local Debian Edu team"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1102
+#: release-manual.xml:1673
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME: </emphasis> \"isolated\" contributors and "
 "users in schools exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere. Meet "
@@ -3068,22 +3099,22 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1106
+#: release-manual.xml:1680
 msgid "Support"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1684
 msgid "Volunteer based support"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1108
+#: release-manual.xml:1688
 msgid "in english"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1109
+#: release-manual.xml:1690
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
 "discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -3091,7 +3122,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1112
+#: release-manual.xml:1694
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/"
 "debian-edu </ulink> - developer centric mailing list, more useful to report "
@@ -3099,12 +3130,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1118
+#: release-manual.xml:1703
 msgid "in norwegian"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1119
+#: release-manual.xml:1705
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
 "bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -3112,7 +3143,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1122
+#: release-manual.xml:1709
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
 "linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -3121,19 +3152,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1128
+#: release-manual.xml:1718
 msgid "in german"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1129
+#: release-manual.xml:1720
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
 "skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1132
+#: release-manual.xml:1724
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
@@ -3144,24 +3175,24 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink> ist ein Wiki und wird häufig aktualisiert."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1138
+#: release-manual.xml:1733
 msgid "in french"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1139
+#: release-manual.xml:1735
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
 "org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1145
+#: release-manual.xml:1744
 msgid "Professional support"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1146
+#: release-manual.xml:1746
 msgid ""
 "Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
 "url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -3169,12 +3200,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1150
+#: release-manual.xml:1753
 msgid "Copyright and authors"
 msgstr "Copyright und Autoren"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1151
+#: release-manual.xml:1755
 msgid ""
 "This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
 "Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin and Ralf "
@@ -3186,7 +3217,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Viel Freude!"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1152
+#: release-manual.xml:1757
 msgid ""
 "If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
 "are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -3199,26 +3230,26 @@ msgstr ""
 "lizensieren Sie es unter der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1155
+#: release-manual.xml:1763
 msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
 msgstr "Copyright und Autoren der Übersetzung"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1156
+#: release-manual.xml:1765
 msgid ""
 "The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
 "is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1157
+#: release-manual.xml:1767
 msgid ""
 "The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
 "and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1158
+#: release-manual.xml:1769
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
@@ -3231,12 +3262,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "Viel Freude!"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1160
+#: release-manual.xml:1774
 msgid "Translations of this document"
 msgstr "Übersetzungen dieses Dokuments"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1161
+#: release-manual.xml:1776
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
@@ -3247,18 +3278,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "unvollständige Übersetzungen inNorwegisches Bokmål, Spanisch und Deutsch."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1162
+#: release-manual.xml:1780
 msgid "Howto translate this document"
 msgstr "Anleitung zum Übersetzen dieses Dokuments"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1163
+#: release-manual.xml:1782
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Read this, if you want to start/help translating this document:"
 msgstr "Wenn Du beginnen möchtest mit der Übersetzung: Du kannst es tun!"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1164
+#: release-manual.xml:1784
 msgid ""
 "Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
 "software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -3268,7 +3299,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1167
+#: release-manual.xml:1788
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "To update the translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -3284,7 +3315,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "dem Paket debian-edu-doc ein."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1170
+#: release-manual.xml:1792
 msgid ""
 "You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
 "with the following command (you need to have the <computeroutput>subversion "
@@ -3292,14 +3323,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1173
+#: release-manual.xml:1796
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
 "edu-doc </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#: release-manual.xml:1801
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
@@ -3312,7 +3343,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Mailingliste."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1179
+#: release-manual.xml:1804
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
@@ -3324,12 +3355,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "Sprache erzeugt bzw. eine bestehende ergänzt."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1181
+#: release-manual.xml:1809
 msgid "Potential problems for translations"
 msgstr "Mögliche Probleme der Übersetzungen:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1182
+#: release-manual.xml:1811
 msgid ""
 "We will need to write sed-scripts (or something like that) to support "
 "different images for different translations. Laters <inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -3339,24 +3370,24 @@ msgstr ""
 "unterstützen. Später <inlinemediaobject>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1187
+#: release-manual.xml:1817
 msgid "Please report any other showstoppers."
 msgstr "Bitte berichte über andere Probleme."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1190
+#: release-manual.xml:1823
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
 msgstr "Anhang A - The GNU Public Licence"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1192
+#: release-manual.xml:1826
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1194
+#: release-manual.xml:1832
 msgid ""
 "Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
 "org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see <ulink url='http://"
@@ -3366,7 +3397,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1836
 msgid ""
 "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
 "under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -3375,7 +3406,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1198
+#: release-manual.xml:1838
 msgid ""
 "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
 "ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -3384,7 +3415,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1199
+#: release-manual.xml:1840
 msgid ""
 "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
 "this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -3392,17 +3423,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1201
+#: release-manual.xml:1845
 msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1202
+#: release-manual.xml:1847
 msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1203
+#: release-manual.xml:1849
 msgid ""
 "Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
 "Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -3411,12 +3442,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1205
+#: release-manual.xml:1854
 msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1206
+#: release-manual.xml:1856
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>0.  </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
 "or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -3430,7 +3461,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1208
+#: release-manual.xml:1859
 msgid ""
 "Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
 "by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of running the Program "
@@ -3441,7 +3472,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1209
+#: release-manual.xml:1861
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>1.  </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
 "copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -3453,14 +3484,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1211
+#: release-manual.xml:1864
 msgid ""
 "You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
 "may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1212
+#: release-manual.xml:1866
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>2.  </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
 "of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -3469,7 +3500,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1214
+#: release-manual.xml:1869
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>a)  </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
 "carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -3477,7 +3508,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1216
+#: release-manual.xml:1872
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>b)  </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
 "distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -3486,7 +3517,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1218
+#: release-manual.xml:1875
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>c)  </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
 "reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -3501,7 +3532,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1222
+#: release-manual.xml:1880
 msgid ""
 "These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If identifiable "
 "sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -3515,7 +3546,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1223
+#: release-manual.xml:1882
 msgid ""
 "Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
 "rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -3524,7 +3555,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1224
+#: release-manual.xml:1884
 msgid ""
 "In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
 "the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -3533,7 +3564,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1225
+#: release-manual.xml:1886
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>3.  </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
 "Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -3542,7 +3573,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1227
+#: release-manual.xml:1889
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>a)  </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
 "corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -3551,7 +3582,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1229
+#: release-manual.xml:1892
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>b)  </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
 "valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -3562,7 +3593,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1231
+#: release-manual.xml:1895
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>c)  </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
 "you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code.  (This "
@@ -3572,7 +3603,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1235
+#: release-manual.xml:1900
 msgid ""
 "The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
 "modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -3586,7 +3617,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1236
+#: release-manual.xml:1902
 msgid ""
 "If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
 "copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -3596,7 +3627,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1237
+#: release-manual.xml:1904
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>4.  </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
 "sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -3608,7 +3639,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1239
+#: release-manual.xml:1907
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>5.  </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
 "License, since you have not signed it.  However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -3621,7 +3652,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1241
+#: release-manual.xml:1910
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>6.  </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
 "Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -3633,7 +3664,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1243
+#: release-manual.xml:1913
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>7.  </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
 "judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -3650,7 +3681,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1245
+#: release-manual.xml:1916
 msgid ""
 "If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
 "particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -3658,7 +3689,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1918
 msgid ""
 "It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
 "or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -3672,14 +3703,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1247
+#: release-manual.xml:1920
 msgid ""
 "This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
 "consequence of the rest of this License."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1248
+#: release-manual.xml:1922
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>8.  </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
 "the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -3691,7 +3722,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1250
+#: release-manual.xml:1925
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>9.  </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
 "publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -3700,7 +3731,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1252
+#: release-manual.xml:1928
 msgid ""
 "Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program "
 "specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -3712,7 +3743,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1253
+#: release-manual.xml:1930
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>10.  </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
 "the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -3725,7 +3756,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1257
+#: release-manual.xml:1936
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>11.  </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
 "FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -3739,7 +3770,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1259
+#: release-manual.xml:1939
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>12.  </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
 "APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -3753,27 +3784,27 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1262
+#: release-manual.xml:1945
 msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1265
+#: release-manual.xml:1951
 msgid "Live DVD - Boot from CD to test the system"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1266
+#: release-manual.xml:1955
 msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1271
+#: release-manual.xml:1963
 msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1272
+#: release-manual.xml:1965
 msgid ""
 "To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
 "UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -3785,97 +3816,97 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1286
+#: release-manual.xml:1983
 msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1288
+#: release-manual.xml:1986
 msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1290 release-manual.xml:1297
+#: release-manual.xml:1989 release-manual.xml:1999
 msgid "no"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1293
+#: release-manual.xml:1993
 msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1295
+#: release-manual.xml:1996
 msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1300
+#: release-manual.xml:2003
 msgid "German"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1302
+#: release-manual.xml:2006
 msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1304
+#: release-manual.xml:2009
 msgid "de"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1307
+#: release-manual.xml:2013
 msgid "French (France)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1309
+#: release-manual.xml:2016
 msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1311 release-manual.xml:1318 release-manual.xml:1325
+#: release-manual.xml:2019 release-manual.xml:2029 release-manual.xml:2039
 msgid "? (FIXME)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1314
+#: release-manual.xml:2023
 msgid "Greek (Greece)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1316
+#: release-manual.xml:2026
 msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1321
+#: release-manual.xml:2033
 msgid "Japanese"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1323
+#: release-manual.xml:2036
 msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1328
+#: release-manual.xml:2043
 msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1330
+#: release-manual.xml:2046
 msgid "se_NO"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1332
+#: release-manual.xml:2049
 msgid "no(smi)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1338
+#: release-manual.xml:2056
 msgid ""
 "A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
 "i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -3884,22 +3915,22 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1341
+#: release-manual.xml:2062
 msgid "Stuff to know"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1345
+#: release-manual.xml:2069
 msgid "Known issues with the image"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1349
+#: release-manual.xml:2076
 msgid "Download"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1350
+#: release-manual.xml:2078
 msgid ""
 "The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
 "cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
index d9d4d5f..3e599b8 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-31 23:32+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-01 11:15+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-22 10:19+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: \n"
 "Language-Team:  <es at li.org>\n"
@@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.1\n"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1
+#: release-manual.xml:2
 msgid "DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne"
 msgstr "DebianEdu/Documentación/Etch/TodoJunto"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:1193
+#: release-manual.xml:8 release-manual.xml:1830
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
 msgstr "Manual para Debian-Edu etch 3.0 también llamado \"Terra\""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:4
+#: release-manual.xml:10
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "This is the (<emphasis>still incomplete </emphasis>) release manual for the "
@@ -35,15 +35,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "de  Debian-Edu etch 3.0."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:6
+#: release-manual.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-10-31 22:32 UTC</"
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-01 10:14 UTC</"
 "computeroutput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:8
+#: release-manual.xml:16
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> <inlinemediaobject>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:10
+#: release-manual.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Translations </"
 "ulink> are part of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> "
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:14
+#: release-manual.xml:24
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AboutDebianEdu'>About </ulink> "
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Debian-Edu y Skolelinux"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:17
+#: release-manual.xml:28
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture'>Architecture </"
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink> - Las bases de diseño de Debian-Edu"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:20
+#: release-manual.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Features'>Features </ulink> - new "
 "Features in this release and old ones"
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "- nuevas  Funcionalidades de estas versión y las antiguas"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:23
+#: release-manual.xml:36
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Requirements'>Requirements </"
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink>para usar Debian-Edu"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:26
+#: release-manual.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Installation'>Installation </"
 "ulink> - how to install"
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "- como instalar"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:29
+#: release-manual.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/GettingStarted'>Getting started </"
 "ulink> - what needs to be done after Installation"
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink> - lo que hay que hacer después de la Instalación"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:32
+#: release-manual.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintainance'>Maintainance </"
 "ulink> - Security updates, Backups and monitoring the systems"
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sistemas"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:35
+#: release-manual.xml:52
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Upgrades'>Upgrades </ulink> from "
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "desde <ulink url='/DebianEdu'>DebianEdu </ulink> sarge y woody"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:38
+#: release-manual.xml:56
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> - simple "
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Instrucciones simples paso a paso"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:40
+#: release-manual.xml:59
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Administration'>general "
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink> de este documento"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:43
+#: release-manual.xml:63
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Desktop'>the desktop </"
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink> de este documento"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:46
+#: release-manual.xml:67
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/"
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink>para usar Debian-Edu"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:49
+#: release-manual.xml:71
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/TeachAndLearn'>teaching "
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink> de este documento"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:54
+#: release-manual.xml:77
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Contribute'>Contribute </ulink> to "
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Debian-Edu"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:57
+#: release-manual.xml:81
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Support'>Support </ulink> - how"
 "+where to find help"
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "donde encontrar ayuda"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:60
+#: release-manual.xml:85
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/CopyRight'>Copyright </ulink> and "
 "Authors of this document"
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Autores de este documento"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:63
+#: release-manual.xml:89
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Translations </"
 "ulink> of this document"
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink> de este documento"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:66
+#: release-manual.xml:93
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AppendixA'>Appendix A </ulink> - "
 "The GNU Public Licence"
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "The GNU Public Licence"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:69
+#: release-manual.xml:97
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AppendixB'>Appendix B </ulink> - "
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "The GNU Public Licence"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:73
+#: release-manual.xml:102
 msgid ""
 "Special pages: <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>Index page </"
 "ulink> - <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne'>All in one page "
@@ -258,13 +258,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "página </ulink>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:77
+#: release-manual.xml:109
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux"
 msgstr "Acerca de DebianEdu y Skolelinux"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:78
+#: release-manual.xml:111
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Skolelinux is the Debian Edu project's <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.net/"
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "colegios para alumnos entre 6 y 16 años)."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:80
+#: release-manual.xml:114
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The system is in use in several countries around the world, with most "
@@ -292,12 +292,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "están en Noruega, Alemania y Francia."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:82
+#: release-manual.xml:119
 msgid "Architecture"
 msgstr "Arquitectura"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:83
+#: release-manual.xml:121
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "This section of the document describes the network architecture and services "
@@ -307,17 +307,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "proporcionados por una instalación Skolelinux."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:84
+#: release-manual.xml:125
 msgid "Network"
 msgstr "Red"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:86
+#: release-manual.xml:128
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:network-arch_en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>attachment:network-arch_en.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:90
+#: release-manual.xml:133
 msgid ""
 "Network architecture as dia file: <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
 "Architecture?action=AttachFile&do=get&target=network-arch_en."
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "target=network-arch_en.dia'>attachment:network-arch_en.dia </ulink>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:92
+#: release-manual.xml:136
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of "
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "servidor no afecta al resto de los servicios de red."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:93
+#: release-manual.xml:138
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is "
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "alias DNS de ese servicio a la máquina correcta."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:94
+#: release-manual.xml:140
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet "
@@ -385,12 +385,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "separado)."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:96
+#: release-manual.xml:145
 msgid "Services"
 msgstr "Servicios"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:97
+#: release-manual.xml:147
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "With the exception of the control of the thin-clients, all services are "
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "en esa máquina)."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:98
+#: release-manual.xml:149
 msgid ""
 "To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the "
 "network are encrypted, so no passwords are send over the network as plain "
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "plano."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:99
+#: release-manual.xml:151
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Below is a list of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux "
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "dirección ip."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:118
+#: release-manual.xml:171
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Each user stores his personal files in his home folder which is made "
@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Windows y clientes Macintosh."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:119
+#: release-manual.xml:173
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "By default e-mail is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) "
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "mediante POP3 o IMAP."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:120
+#: release-manual.xml:175
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to "
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "la base de datos de usuario centralizada para autenticación y autorización."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:121
+#: release-manual.xml:177
 msgid ""
 "To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches "
 "files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in "
@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "acceso a Internet individualmente para cada puesto."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:122
+#: release-manual.xml:179
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. "
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "de los clientes ligeros no interfiere con el resto de los servicios de red)."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:123
+#: release-manual.xml:181
 msgid ""
 "Centralized logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog "
 "messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts "
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "aceptar sólo mensajes entrantes desde la red local."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:124
+#: release-manual.xml:183
 msgid ""
 "By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*."
 "intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS "
@@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "todos los puestos de la red pueden usarlo como su servidor de DNS principal."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:125
+#: release-manual.xml:185
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Pupils and teachers have the possibility to publish websites. The web server "
@@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "el servidor web se puede programar."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:126
+#: release-manual.xml:187
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, "
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "correo."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:127
+#: release-manual.xml:189
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Administration of services and users will by and large be via web, and "
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "individuales o grupos de usuarios mediante los sistemas de administración."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:128
+#: release-manual.xml:191
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug "
@@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "la red tiene la hora correcta."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:129
+#: release-manual.xml:193
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the network, "
@@ -634,12 +634,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "las impresoras."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:130
+#: release-manual.xml:197
 msgid "Thin client services"
 msgstr "Sevicios de clientes ligeros"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:131
+#: release-manual.xml:199
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "A thin client setup enables a ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal. "
@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project (LTSP)."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:132
+#: release-manual.xml:201
 msgid ""
 "Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they "
 "effectively run all programs on the LTSP-Server. This works as follows: The "
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "XDMCP, asegurando que todos los programas se ejecutan en el servidor LTSP."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:133
+#: release-manual.xml:203
 msgid ""
 "The thin client server is set up to receive syslog from the thin clients, "
 "and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient. (Oops, the thin "
@@ -684,12 +684,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "identificar que cliente está haciendo qué cosa en el servidor central?)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:136
+#: release-manual.xml:209
 msgid "Administration"
 msgstr "Administración"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:137
+#: release-manual.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "All the linux machines that are installed by means of a Skolelinux CD or DVD "
 "will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It "
@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "acceso completo a todos los puestos."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:138
+#: release-manual.xml:213
 msgid ""
 "We use cfengine to edit configuration files. These files are updated from "
 "the server to the clients. In order to change the client configuration, it "
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "que la automatización distribuya los cambios."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:139
+#: release-manual.xml:215
 msgid ""
 "All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts "
 "are made against this database and is used by the clients for user "
@@ -726,17 +726,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "y es la que usan los clientes para autenticarse."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:141 release-manual.xml:260
+#: release-manual.xml:220 release-manual.xml:390
 msgid "Installation"
 msgstr "Instalación"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:142
+#: release-manual.xml:222
 msgid "Installation is possible either from a CD or DVD."
 msgstr "Se puede instalar tanto desde un CD como un DVD."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:143
+#: release-manual.xml:224
 msgid ""
 "The aim is to be able to install a server from CD/DVD, and install clients "
 "over the network by booting all other machines from the network. The DVD "
@@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "instalación del DVD funciona sin acceder a Internet."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:144
+#: release-manual.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired "
 "language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine profile (server, "
@@ -763,12 +763,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "después de la instalación."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:146
+#: release-manual.xml:231
 msgid "File system access configuration"
 msgstr "Configuración del acceso al sistema de archivos"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:147
+#: release-manual.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the "
 "file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration "
@@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "algunos no deberían ser accesibles por nadie que no fuera el usuario."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:148
+#: release-manual.xml:235
 msgid ""
 "To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared "
 "directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the "
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:151
+#: release-manual.xml:239
 msgid ""
 "To enable shared file access control using the file groups, each user must "
 "be assigned a primary group with no other members. The name of this private "
@@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "grupo de usuarios X=7)."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:153
+#: release-manual.xml:242
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The initial access settings for newly created files is a matter of policy. "
@@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "como otros han resuelto los mismos problemas."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:154
+#: release-manual.xml:244
 msgid ""
 "Suggestion: The files are initially set to be readable by all, but "
 "particular directories are created in which the content is initially "
@@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:160
+#: release-manual.xml:251
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "ssh requires that the home directory can only be written to by the owner, "
@@ -884,12 +884,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "así que el privilegio máximo para"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:165
+#: release-manual.xml:259
 msgid "random notes"
 msgstr "notas sueltas"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:166
+#: release-manual.xml:261
 msgid ""
 "These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this "
 "document."
@@ -897,23 +897,23 @@ msgstr ""
 "Estas son varias notas de cosas que deberían incluirse en este documento."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:177
+#: release-manual.xml:276
 msgid "Features"
 msgstr "Características"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:178
+#: release-manual.xml:280
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "New features in the \"3.0 Terra\" release 2007-07-22"
 msgstr "Características nuevas en la versión \"3.0 Terra\""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:187
+#: release-manual.xml:290
 msgid "OpenOffice.org version 2.0."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:199
+#: release-manual.xml:303
 msgid ""
 "Regression: Webmin is now removed from Debian because of problems supporting "
 "it. We've added a new web based user administration tool named "
@@ -924,24 +924,24 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:207
+#: release-manual.xml:314
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Features in 2.0 release 2006-03-14"
 msgstr "Características de la versión 2.0"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:212
+#: release-manual.xml:320
 msgid "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:216
+#: release-manual.xml:327
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Features in \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20"
 msgstr "Características de la versión \"1.0 venus\""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:222
+#: release-manual.xml:334
 msgid ""
 "(Information on the older releases can be found on <ulink url='http://"
 "developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html'>http://developer."
@@ -949,12 +949,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:226
+#: release-manual.xml:341
 msgid "Requirements"
 msgstr "Requisitos"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:227
+#: release-manual.xml:343
 msgid ""
 "There are different ways of set up a Skolelinux solution. It can be "
 "installed on just one standalone PC or a regional wide solution at many "
@@ -969,28 +969,28 @@ msgstr ""
 "puestos de cliente."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:236
+#: release-manual.xml:353
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"for diskless workstations (also known as <ulink url='/LowFat'>LowFat </"
-"ulink> clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz or more is recommended minimum "
-"requirements. Swapping over the network is automatically enabled, the swap "
-"size is 32mb, if you need more you can tune this by editing /etc/ltsp/"
-"nbdswapd.conf on tjener to set the SIZE variable."
+"for diskless workstations (also known as LowFat clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 "
+"MHz or more is recommended minimum requirements. Swapping over the network "
+"is automatically enabled, the swap size is 32mb, if you need more you can "
+"tune this by editing /etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf on tjener to set the SIZE "
+"variable."
 msgstr ""
 "para puestos sin discos, que también son conocidos como clientes <ulink "
 "url='/LowFat'>LowFat </ulink> los requisitos mínimos son 256 Mb de RAM y 800 "
 "MHz de cpu. Se necesita también swap."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:241
+#: release-manual.xml:358
 msgid "FIXME: add links to explainations of main-server and thinclient-server"
 msgstr ""
 "POR HACER: añadir enlaces a las explicaciones del servidor principal y "
 "servidor de clientes ligeros"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:242
+#: release-manual.xml:360
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
@@ -1002,18 +1002,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:244
+#: release-manual.xml:365
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Network requirements"
 msgstr "Requisitos"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:245
+#: release-manual.xml:369
 msgid "Internet-Router"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:246
+#: release-manual.xml:371
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "A router/gateway, connected to the internet on the external interface and "
@@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "dirección IP 10.0.2.1 en el interfaz interno."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:247
+#: release-manual.xml:373
 msgid ""
 "If you are looking for a i386 based solution, we recommend <ulink "
 "url='http://www.ipcop.org'>IPCop </ulink> or <ulink url='http://www.zelow.no/"
@@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:254
+#: release-manual.xml:381
 msgid ""
 "It's possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink "
 "url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>documented "
@@ -1050,12 +1050,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:261
+#: release-manual.xml:394
 msgid "Where to find more information"
 msgstr "Donde encontrar más información"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:262
+#: release-manual.xml:396
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url='http://www."
@@ -1071,12 +1071,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "<inlinemediaobject>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:264 release-manual.xml:1062 release-manual.xml:1088
+#: release-manual.xml:398 release-manual.xml:1608 release-manual.xml:1647
 msgid "<phrase>:-)  </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>:-)  </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:268
+#: release-manual.xml:403
 msgid ""
 "Even more <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
 "installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -1087,18 +1087,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "disponible en su manual de instalación."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:271
+#: release-manual.xml:409
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Download an installation media for Debian Edu etch 3.0r0"
 msgstr "Descargar un formato de instalación para Debian-edu etch 3.0r0"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:272
+#: release-manual.xml:413
 msgid "DVDs for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
 msgstr "DVDs para i386, amd64 y powerpc"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:273
+#: release-manual.xml:415
 msgid ""
 "The multiarch dvd ISO image is 4.4 GiB large. To download it, use either of "
 "these methods:"
@@ -1107,106 +1107,106 @@ msgstr ""
 "de estos métodos:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:274
+#: release-manual.xml:417
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
 "i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:276
+#: release-manual.xml:420
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
 "amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:278
+#: release-manual.xml:423
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
 "amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:282
+#: release-manual.xml:428
 msgid "or for the netinstall cd you can download for i386"
 msgstr "o con el cd netinstall puedes descargarla para i386"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:283
+#: release-manual.xml:430
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
 "netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:285
+#: release-manual.xml:433
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
 "netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:287
+#: release-manual.xml:436
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
 "netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:291
+#: release-manual.xml:441
 msgid "amd64"
 msgstr "amd64"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:292
+#: release-manual.xml:443
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
 "netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:294
+#: release-manual.xml:446
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
 "amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:296
+#: release-manual.xml:449
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
 "amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:300
+#: release-manual.xml:454
 msgid "and powerpc (suited for the newworld sub-architecture)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:301
+#: release-manual.xml:456
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
 "powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:303
+#: release-manual.xml:459
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
 "powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:305
+#: release-manual.xml:462
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
 "powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:309
+#: release-manual.xml:467
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The powerpc port has not been tested as much as the other architectures, "
@@ -1220,38 +1220,38 @@ msgstr ""
 "no ser soportada como las demás arquitecturas."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:310
+#: release-manual.xml:469
 msgid "The source code for this release is available on a DVD image"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:311
+#: release-manual.xml:471
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
 "source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:313
+#: release-manual.xml:474
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
 "source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:315
+#: release-manual.xml:477
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
 "source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:321
+#: release-manual.xml:486
 msgid "Request a CD/DVD by mail"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:322
+#: release-manual.xml:488
 msgid ""
 "For those without a fast internet connection, we offer to send you a CD or "
 "DVD for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink "
@@ -1260,24 +1260,24 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:324 release-manual.xml:378 release-manual.xml:1183
+#: release-manual.xml:490 release-manual.xml:556 release-manual.xml:1812
 msgid "<phrase>:)  </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>:)  </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:327
+#: release-manual.xml:493
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD "
 "to be sent to in the email."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:329
+#: release-manual.xml:498
 msgid "Installation from CD"
 msgstr "Instalación desde CD"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:330
+#: release-manual.xml:500
 msgid ""
 "The netinst installation will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest "
 "from the net.  The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from "
@@ -1287,12 +1287,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "el resto desde la red. La cantidad de paquetes a descargar depende del pefil:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:340
+#: release-manual.xml:513
 msgid "Installation options"
 msgstr "Opciones de instalación"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:341
+#: release-manual.xml:515
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But "
@@ -1311,7 +1311,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ponemos por defecto van estupendamente."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:342
+#: release-manual.xml:517
 msgid ""
 "Normal graphical installation is the default on i386 and amd64. The powerpc "
 "installer does not support graphical installation. Enter "
@@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:345
+#: release-manual.xml:521
 msgid ""
 "The <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert boot </computeroutput> option adds the "
 "barebone profile to the profile options, and switches to manual "
@@ -1330,7 +1330,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:350
+#: release-manual.xml:527
 msgid ""
 "If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multiarch DVD it would be "
 "<computeroutput>amd64-install </computeroutput>. Likewise you can choose "
@@ -1339,7 +1339,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:376
+#: release-manual.xml:554
 msgid ""
 "please say yes to submit information to <ulink url='http://popcon.skolelinux."
 "org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - though you dont have to "
@@ -1350,7 +1350,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "obligatorio <inlinemediaobject>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:386
+#: release-manual.xml:565
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "FIXME: this section needs a link to the half-thick client (aka diskless "
@@ -1362,12 +1362,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "configuran después de la instalación, siguiendo el tutorial para ello."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:387
+#: release-manual.xml:569
 msgid "A note on manual partitioning"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:388
+#: release-manual.xml:571
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to do manual partitioning for the main-server, you need to "
 "make sure that the directory /skole/tjener/home0 exists, probably by "
@@ -1378,12 +1378,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:390
+#: release-manual.xml:576
 msgid "A note on notebooks"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:391
+#: release-manual.xml:578
 msgid ""
 "In principal it makes sense to either install notebooks with the workstation "
 "or with the standalone profile. But keep in mind, that the workstation "
@@ -1394,7 +1394,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:392
+#: release-manual.xml:580
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to reconfigure workstations to cache authentication "
 "information and sync the home directories to local disk (and resync to the "
@@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:396
+#: release-manual.xml:587
 msgid ""
 "Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1411,77 +1411,77 @@ msgstr ""
 "servidor de clientes ligeros"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:398
+#: release-manual.xml:590
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:403
+#: release-manual.xml:596
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang-en.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:408
+#: release-manual.xml:602
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region-en.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:413
+#: release-manual.xml:608
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard-en.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:418
+#: release-manual.xml:614
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs-en.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:423
+#: release-manual.xml:620
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition-en.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:428
+#: release-manual.xml:626
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon-en.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:433
+#: release-manual.xml:632
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone-en.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:438
+#: release-manual.xml:638
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw-en.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:443
+#: release-manual.xml:644
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall-en.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:448
+#: release-manual.xml:650
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs-en.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:453
+#: release-manual.xml:656
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished-en.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:458
+#: release-manual.xml:662
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:463
+#: release-manual.xml:668
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:467
+#: release-manual.xml:673
 msgid ""
 "The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
 "screen shot."
@@ -1490,29 +1490,29 @@ msgstr ""
 "resolución para este pantallazo."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:469
+#: release-manual.xml:676
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small-en.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:475
+#: release-manual.xml:685
 msgid "Getting started"
 msgstr "Para empezar"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:476
+#: release-manual.xml:687
 msgid ""
 "This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
 "to get started.  The minimum you need to do is:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:481
+#: release-manual.xml:693
 msgid "This is described below."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:482
+#: release-manual.xml:695
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> chapter "
@@ -1524,18 +1524,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "las cosas que todo el mundo tiene que hacer."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:485
+#: release-manual.xml:699
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting_started.png </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>attachment:network-arch_en.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:489
+#: release-manual.xml:706
 msgid "Services running on the main server"
 msgstr "Servicios que corren en el servidor principal"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:490
+#: release-manual.xml:708
 msgid ""
 "There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
 "via a web management interface.  We'll describe each service here."
@@ -1544,12 +1544,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "interfaz web. Los describiremos aquí."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:491
+#: release-manual.xml:712
 msgid "Using lwat web based management"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:492
+#: release-manual.xml:714
 msgid ""
 "Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
 "important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
@@ -1557,7 +1557,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:498
+#: release-manual.xml:721
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/"
@@ -1573,39 +1573,39 @@ msgstr ""
 "de la instalación su nombre de usuario es:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:500
+#: release-manual.xml:723
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "admin]]"
 msgstr "admin]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:501
+#: release-manual.xml:725
 msgid ""
 "and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
 "root account."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:503
+#: release-manual.xml:728
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region-en.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:507
+#: release-manual.xml:733
 msgid ""
 "After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
 "menu."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:509
+#: release-manual.xml:738
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "User Management with lwat"
 msgstr "Gestión de Usuarios"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:510
+#: release-manual.xml:740
 msgid ""
 "In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
 "used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -1615,14 +1615,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:511
+#: release-manual.xml:742
 msgid ""
 "To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
 "data entered to the LDAP directory."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:512
+#: release-manual.xml:744
 msgid ""
 "You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
 "members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
@@ -1630,19 +1630,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:513
+#: release-manual.xml:746
 msgid ""
 "Here only the basic operations are shown, for details please refer to the "
 "online manual of lwat."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:514
+#: release-manual.xml:750
 msgid "Adding users"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:515
+#: release-manual.xml:752
 msgid ""
 "To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
 "menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -1656,79 +1656,79 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:523
+#: release-manual.xml:763
 msgid "Students"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:525
+#: release-manual.xml:766
 msgid "Login and use the system"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:528
+#: release-manual.xml:770
 msgid "Teachers"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:530
+#: release-manual.xml:773
 msgid "Same as Students"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:533
+#: release-manual.xml:777
 msgid "jrAdmins"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:535
+#: release-manual.xml:780
 msgid ""
 "Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
 "of Admins)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:538
+#: release-manual.xml:784
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Admins"
 msgstr "admin]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:540
+#: release-manual.xml:787
 msgid ""
 "Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/"
 "machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:546
+#: release-manual.xml:794
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
 "is added."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:547
+#: release-manual.xml:796
 msgid ""
 "You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
 "you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:549
+#: release-manual.xml:799
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region-en.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:553
+#: release-manual.xml:804
 msgid ""
 "If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
 "data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:555
+#: release-manual.xml:807
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -1738,12 +1738,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:560
+#: release-manual.xml:815
 msgid "Search and delete Users"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:561
+#: release-manual.xml:817
 msgid ""
 "To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
 "entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -1755,13 +1755,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:563
+#: release-manual.xml:820
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region-en.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:567
+#: release-manual.xml:825
 msgid ""
 "A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
 "to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
@@ -1769,19 +1769,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:569
+#: release-manual.xml:828
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region-en.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:575
+#: release-manual.xml:837
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Group Management with lwat"
 msgstr "Gestión de Usuarios"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:576
+#: release-manual.xml:839
 msgid ""
 "The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
 "can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -1790,63 +1790,63 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:577
+#: release-manual.xml:841
 msgid ""
 "The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
 "you can use them for file permissions too."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:579
+#: release-manual.xml:846
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
 msgstr "Gestión de Usuarios"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:580
+#: release-manual.xml:848
 msgid ""
 "With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
 "your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
 "lwat has a Hostname, an IP-address, an MAC-address and a domain name which "
 "usually is \"intern\". For a more verbose description about the Debian Edu "
 "architecture see the <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
-"Architecture'>architecture </ulink> section of this manual."
+"Architecture'>architecture </ulink> chapter of this manual."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:582
+#: release-manual.xml:851
 msgid ""
 "If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
 "address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:593
+#: release-manual.xml:866
 msgid "10.0.2.10"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:595
+#: release-manual.xml:869
 msgid "10.0.2.29"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:597
+#: release-manual.xml:872
 msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:602
+#: release-manual.xml:878
 msgid "10.0.2.30"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:604
+#: release-manual.xml:881
 msgid "10.0.2.49"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:606
+#: release-manual.xml:884
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1854,17 +1854,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "indicaciones básicas:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:611
+#: release-manual.xml:890
 msgid "10.0.2.50"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:613
+#: release-manual.xml:893
 msgid "10.0.2.99"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:615
+#: release-manual.xml:896
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1872,14 +1872,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "indicaciones básicas:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:623
+#: release-manual.xml:905
 msgid ""
 "The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
 "are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:624
+#: release-manual.xml:907
 msgid ""
 "To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
 "you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -1888,18 +1888,18 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:626
+#: release-manual.xml:910
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region-en.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:631 release-manual.xml:655 release-manual.xml:940
+#: release-manual.xml:916 release-manual.xml:949 release-manual.xml:1399
 msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:634
+#: release-manual.xml:919
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
 "configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -1907,12 +1907,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:635
+#: release-manual.xml:923
 msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:636
+#: release-manual.xml:925
 msgid ""
 "To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
 "lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
@@ -1921,7 +1921,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:639
+#: release-manual.xml:929
 msgid ""
 "For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
 "favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -1929,7 +1929,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:642
+#: release-manual.xml:933
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "host static00 {\n"
@@ -1940,14 +1940,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:647
+#: release-manual.xml:939
 msgid ""
 "You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
 "static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:649
+#: release-manual.xml:942
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "host static00 {\n"
@@ -1958,31 +1958,31 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:658
+#: release-manual.xml:952
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
 "whenever you have changed the configuration."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:660
+#: release-manual.xml:957
 msgid "More lwat documentation"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:661
+#: release-manual.xml:959
 msgid ""
 "The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
 "doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:665
+#: release-manual.xml:966
 msgid "Printer Managment"
 msgstr "Gestión de impresoras"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:666
+#: release-manual.xml:968
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://"
@@ -1998,7 +1998,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "debería accederse a este sitio sin usar ssl."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:668
+#: release-manual.xml:971
 msgid ""
 "If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
 "<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -2006,17 +2006,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:673
+#: release-manual.xml:979
 msgid "Maintainance"
 msgstr "Mantenimiento"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:674
+#: release-manual.xml:983
 msgid "Updating the software"
 msgstr "Actualizar el software"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:675
+#: release-manual.xml:985
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
@@ -2024,7 +2024,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "documentar como usar aptitude upgrade /kde-update-notifier"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:677
+#: release-manual.xml:988
 msgid ""
 "Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
 "a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -2034,14 +2034,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:681
+#: release-manual.xml:993
 msgid ""
 "Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
 "FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:682
+#: release-manual.xml:995
 msgid ""
 "It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
 "and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -2049,7 +2049,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:685
+#: release-manual.xml:999
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
 "email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -2058,19 +2058,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:688
+#: release-manual.xml:1003
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
 "entries to you."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:691
+#: release-manual.xml:1009
 msgid "Backup Management"
 msgstr "Gestión de las copias de seguridad"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:692
+#: release-manual.xml:1011
 msgid ""
 "For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/"
 "slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
@@ -2083,7 +2083,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "introducir la contraseña de root. Si intenta acceder sin ssl no funcionará."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:694
+#: release-manual.xml:1014
 msgid ""
 "Per default the tjener will backup /skole/tjener/home0, /etc/ and the ldap "
 "to /skole/backup which is in the lvm. If you only want to have things twice "
@@ -2091,14 +2091,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:695
+#: release-manual.xml:1016
 msgid ""
 "If you want to backup your data to an external server you'll have to modify "
 "the existing configuration a bit."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:696
+#: release-manual.xml:1018
 msgid ""
 "FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
 "further"
@@ -2107,27 +2107,27 @@ msgstr ""
 "mejor"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:698
+#: release-manual.xml:1023
 msgid "Server Monitoring"
 msgstr "Monitorización del Servidor"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:699
+#: release-manual.xml:1027
 msgid "Munin"
 msgstr "Munin"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:701
+#: release-manual.xml:1032
 msgid "Nagios"
 msgstr "Nagios"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:703
+#: release-manual.xml:1037
 msgid "Sitesummary"
 msgstr "Sitesummary"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:704
+#: release-manual.xml:1039
 msgid ""
 "Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url='http://wiki."
 "debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
@@ -2138,17 +2138,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:706
+#: release-manual.xml:1042
 msgid "give pointers to munin, sitesummary and nagios doc"
 msgstr "dar apuntes sobre munin, sitesummary y nagios"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:710
+#: release-manual.xml:1049
 msgid "Upgrades"
 msgstr "Actualizaciones"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:711
+#: release-manual.xml:1051
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
@@ -2162,7 +2162,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "más allá de las que indique la ley aplicable.  </emphasis>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:713
+#: release-manual.xml:1054
 msgid ""
 "More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
 "installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -2173,7 +2173,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "disponible en su manual de instalación."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:715
+#: release-manual.xml:1057
 msgid ""
 "If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
 "you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -2186,7 +2186,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ver si todo funciona como debiera."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:716
+#: release-manual.xml:1059
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
@@ -2202,20 +2202,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "durante algún tiempo."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:718
+#: release-manual.xml:1064
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
 msgstr "Actualizar desde Debian-Edu sarge"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:719
+#: release-manual.xml:1066
 msgid ""
 "Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
 msgstr ""
 "Lea este capítulo por completo antes de empezar a actualizar sus sitemas."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:720
+#: release-manual.xml:1068
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url='http://www.debian."
@@ -2235,12 +2235,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "antes de actualizar!)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:724
+#: release-manual.xml:1075
 msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
 msgstr "Cambiado el esquema de particiones"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:725
+#: release-manual.xml:1077
 msgid ""
 "The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
 "Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -2251,7 +2251,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "en Sarge tiene dos Grupos de Unidades:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:729
+#: release-manual.xml:1082
 msgid ""
 "But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
 "of the Installer."
@@ -2260,7 +2260,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "cambios internos del instalador."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:730
+#: release-manual.xml:1084
 msgid ""
 "The main problem is here that the System Volumegroup is quit small since the "
 "data in this Partitions is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on an 8GB "
@@ -2277,12 +2277,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "actualización fallará por falta de espacio en el dispositivo."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:732
+#: release-manual.xml:1089
 msgid "Prepare the System"
 msgstr "Preparar el sistema"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:733
+#: release-manual.xml:1091
 msgid ""
 "If you have enough space in the vg_system Volumegroup but not in the lv_var- "
 "Partition you have to resize this partition:"
@@ -2291,7 +2291,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tendrá que redimensionar esta partición:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:734
+#: release-manual.xml:1092
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -2303,25 +2303,25 @@ msgstr ""
 "umount -fl /var ]]"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:739
+#: release-manual.xml:1097
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
 msgstr "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:742
+#: release-manual.xml:1100
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
 msgstr "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:745
+#: release-manual.xml:1103
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
 msgstr "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:748
+#: release-manual.xml:1106
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "mount /var \n"
@@ -2333,12 +2333,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "/etc/init.d/squid start ]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:755
+#: release-manual.xml:1114
 msgid "Now start the upgrade with:"
 msgstr "Ahora inicie la actualización con:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:756
+#: release-manual.xml:1115
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "aptitude update \n"
@@ -2348,12 +2348,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "apt-get dist-upgrade ]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:760
+#: release-manual.xml:1120
 msgid "after you have modified your sources.list:"
 msgstr "después de modificar su sources.list:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:761
+#: release-manual.xml:1121
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
@@ -2363,23 +2363,23 @@ msgstr ""
 "deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:766
+#: release-manual.xml:1129
 msgid "Answers to Debconf Questions raising during upgrade"
 msgstr "Respuestas a las preguntas de Debconf durante la actualización"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:767
+#: release-manual.xml:1131
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Okay we'll give yo here some hints, what you should answer when some debconf "
-"Questions comes up. But please note. This upgrade <ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo "
-"</ulink> is based on a very plain fresh installation of an mainserver + "
-"terminalserver. So which questions raises up in addition to that depends on "
-"what is additionally installed on your system (which isn't included per "
-"default in the sarge based <ulink url='/DebianEdu'>DebianEdu </ulink> "
-"Release).  So if there are any questions where you don't know what to "
-"answer, don't hesitate to ask us at the Mailinglist (<ulink url='mailto:"
-"debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) or at IRC "
-"(irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
+"Questions comes up. But please note. This upgrade HowTo is based on a very "
+"plain fresh installation of an mainserver + terminalserver. So which "
+"questions raises up in addition to that depends on what is additionally "
+"installed on your system (which isn't included per default in the sarge "
+"based Debian Edu Release).  So if there are any questions where you don't "
+"know what to answer, don't hesitate to ask us at the Mailinglist (<ulink "
+"url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </"
+"ulink>) or at IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
 msgstr ""
 "Le daremos algunos trucos sobre lo que debería responder cuando salgan "
 "algunas preguntas de debconf. Pero tenga en cuenta que esta actualización "
@@ -2392,12 +2392,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) o en el IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:771
+#: release-manual.xml:1134
 msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
 msgstr "* Configurar nagios-common"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:772
+#: release-manual.xml:1136
 msgid ""
 "Here you have to enter an passwort for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
 "user."
@@ -2406,54 +2406,54 @@ msgstr ""
 "emphasis>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:776
+#: release-manual.xml:1141
 msgid "* Configure console-data"
 msgstr "* Configurar console-data"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:779
+#: release-manual.xml:1145
 msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
 msgstr "* Configurar openssh-server"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:782
+#: release-manual.xml:1149
 msgid "* Configure systat"
 msgstr "* Configurar systat"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:785
+#: release-manual.xml:1153
 msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
 msgstr "* Configurar popularity-contest"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:788
+#: release-manual.xml:1157
 msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
 msgstr "* Configurar libnss-ldap"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:789
+#: release-manual.xml:1159
 msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
 msgstr "Cambie la respuesta a: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:792
+#: release-manual.xml:1163
 msgid ""
 "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 "Cambie la respuesta a: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:799
+#: release-manual.xml:1171
 msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer Yes here."
 msgstr "* Actualizar ahora glibc. Respuesta: Sí"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:800
+#: release-manual.xml:1173
 msgid "* Restart Services. Answer Yes here."
 msgstr "* Reiniciar servicios. Respuesta Sí."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:801
+#: release-manual.xml:1175
 msgid ""
 "Okay. This should be all if you have no additional packages installed. Now "
 "the upgrade process start to replace the packages."
@@ -2462,7 +2462,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "actualización empieza a reemplazar los paquetes."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:802
+#: release-manual.xml:1177
 msgid ""
 "Please note here: The Installer will ask several times if you want to keep "
 "your old modified Version of an Configfile or if you want to get the latest. "
@@ -2475,12 +2475,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "instalar la más nueva."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:803
+#: release-manual.xml:1179
 msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
 msgstr "La actualización fallará con este mensaje de error:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:804
+#: release-manual.xml:1180
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2496,7 +2496,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:809
+#: release-manual.xml:1186
 msgid ""
 "To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
 "mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -2511,28 +2511,28 @@ msgstr ""
 "reinicie el proceso de actualización con:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:813
+#: release-manual.xml:1190
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
 msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:814
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
 msgid "Now the upgrade work again:"
 msgstr "Ahora la actualización funciona de nuevo:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:815
+#: release-manual.xml:1194
 msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
 msgstr "* Algunos archivos de configuración modificados (nagios)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:818
+#: release-manual.xml:1198
 msgid "Then the installation failed another time:"
 msgstr "Y la instalación vuelve a fallar:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:819
+#: release-manual.xml:1199
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2546,7 +2546,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:823
+#: release-manual.xml:1204
 msgid ""
 "In order to fix this rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
 "dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since ldap now runs not "
@@ -2559,7 +2559,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "cambiar los permisos de los ficheros de configuración:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:826
+#: release-manual.xml:1207
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -2569,7 +2569,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "apt-get -f install]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:828
+#: release-manual.xml:1210
 msgid ""
 "Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
 "emphasis> an error.  Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
@@ -2580,18 +2580,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "reinicie el proces de dist-upgrade con:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:830
+#: release-manual.xml:1212
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
 msgstr "apt-get dist-upgrade]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:831
+#: release-manual.xml:1214
 msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
 msgstr "El siguiente error que aparece es este:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:832
+#: release-manual.xml:1215
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2603,24 +2603,24 @@ msgstr ""
 "E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:835
+#: release-manual.xml:1219
 msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
 msgstr "Elimine el paquete: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis>  con"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:837
+#: release-manual.xml:1221
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
 msgstr "apt-get remove courier-ldap]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:838
+#: release-manual.xml:1223
 msgid ""
 "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
 msgstr "y espere hasta que termine. Después reinicie el dist-upgrade de nuevo."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:839
+#: release-manual.xml:1225
 msgid ""
 "If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
 "now finish without raising more errors. The only remaining upgrade issue is "
@@ -2629,19 +2629,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:840
+#: release-manual.xml:1226
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:843
+#: release-manual.xml:1232
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
 msgstr "Actualizar desde instalaciones antiguas de Debian-Edu / Skolelinux"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:844
+#: release-manual.xml:1234
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
@@ -2657,13 +2657,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "UpgradeFrom1.0 </ulink> Después actualice a Terra (versión basada en etch)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:848
+#: release-manual.xml:1241
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Howtos for general administration"
 msgstr "Administración de Usuarios"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:849
+#: release-manual.xml:1243
 msgid ""
 "The <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/GettingStarted'>Getting "
 "Started </ulink> and <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
@@ -2673,7 +2673,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:852
+#: release-manual.xml:1249
 msgid ""
 "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2681,47 +2681,80 @@ msgstr ""
 "principal"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:860
-msgid "/etc/ in svk"
-msgstr "/etc/ en svk"
+#: release-manual.xml:1260
+msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
+msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:861
-msgid "FIXME. see below for a link to a howto"
+#: release-manual.xml:1262
+msgid ""
+"With the introduction of the debian-edu-etc-svk script in Debian Edu, all "
+"changes done in /etc/ is tracked using a version control system.  This make "
+"it possible to see when a file changed, and what was changed if the file is "
+"a text file."
 msgstr ""
 
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:863
-msgid "printer managing"
-msgstr "gestión de impresora"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1264
+msgid ""
+"It is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian Edu, and "
+"all changes done during installation are registered."
+msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:864
+#: release-manual.xml:1266
+msgid "List of available commands:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1267
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"To manage printers you can use cups' webinterface. Point your webbrowser to "
-"<ulink url='https://tjener:631'>https://tjener:631 </ulink>. You will need "
-"to enter root username and password, or some admin username/password with "
-"correct permissions to make changes."
+"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
+" debian-edu-etc-svk commit\n"
+" debian-edu-etc-svk status\n"
+" debian-edu-etc-svk log\n"
+" debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1274
+msgid ""
+"The 'commit' command was renamed from 'update' 2007-07-06.  In a transition "
+"period, both commands will work."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:867
-msgid "Firewall setup (coyote linux)"
-msgstr "Configuración del Cortafuegos (coyote linux)"
+#: release-manual.xml:1279
+msgid "Example usage"
+msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:868
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "FIXME"
-msgstr "POR CORREGIR"
+#: release-manual.xml:1281
+msgid "In a freshly installed system try:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1284
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1287
+msgid "FIXME: explain how to commit and revert"
+msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:870
+#: release-manual.xml:1292
 msgid "Resize Partitions"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:871
+#: release-manual.xml:1294
 msgid ""
 "Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes.  Only the /boot/ "
 "partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -2731,7 +2764,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:872
+#: release-manual.xml:1296
 msgid ""
 "It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
 "partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -2741,7 +2774,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:873
+#: release-manual.xml:1298
 msgid ""
 "To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
 "fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided.  When invoked, it reads "
@@ -2756,35 +2789,34 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:879
+#: release-manual.xml:1305
 msgid ""
 "FIXME: Should we copy instructions on how to use LVM here, or just refer to "
-"other documentataion? Perhaps use the <ulink url='/ResizeHome0'>ResizeHome0 "
-"</ulink> instructions?"
+"other documentataion? Perhaps use the ResizeHome0 instructions?"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:882
+#: release-manual.xml:1310
 msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:883 release-manual.xml:886
+#: release-manual.xml:1312 release-manual.xml:1319
 msgid "FIXME: describe how to..."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:885
+#: release-manual.xml:1317
 msgid "Using backports.org"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:888
+#: release-manual.xml:1324
 msgid "Java"
 msgstr "Java"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:890
+#: release-manual.xml:1327
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
@@ -2792,20 +2824,20 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:893 release-manual.xml:1021 release-manual.xml:1043
+#: release-manual.xml:1333 release-manual.xml:1543 release-manual.xml:1581
 msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:894 release-manual.xml:1022 release-manual.xml:1044
+#: release-manual.xml:1335 release-manual.xml:1545 release-manual.xml:1583
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"The <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
-"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are "
-"either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific <ulink "
-"url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> over here (and delete them over there)! (But "
-"first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they "
-"are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.)"
+"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
+"specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them "
+"over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to "
+"find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the "
+"GPL.)"
 msgstr ""
 "Los <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> de <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
 "org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> son "
@@ -2813,18 +2845,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "mover los de los usuarios <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink>aquí."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:919
+#: release-manual.xml:1363
 msgid "Howtos for the desktop"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:920
+#: release-manual.xml:1367
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
 msgstr "modificar el modo Kiosk"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:921
+#: release-manual.xml:1369
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode'>Kiosk mode </"
@@ -2834,12 +2866,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "DebianEdu </ulink> - wiki orientado a desarrolladores"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:926
+#: release-manual.xml:1377
 msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:927
+#: release-manual.xml:1379
 msgid ""
 "In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
 "it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -2847,14 +2879,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:929
+#: release-manual.xml:1382
 msgid ""
 "Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
 "package:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:930
+#: release-manual.xml:1383
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -2863,19 +2895,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:933
+#: release-manual.xml:1387
 msgid ""
 "See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
 "information on how these variables are used."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:936
+#: release-manual.xml:1393
 msgid "Flash"
 msgstr "Flash"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:937
+#: release-manual.xml:1395
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
@@ -2888,7 +2920,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "binario precompilado de Adobe para convertirlo antes en un paquete Debian."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:943
+#: release-manual.xml:1402
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch "
 "[pere 2007-07-12]"
@@ -2897,7 +2929,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "[pere 2007-07-12]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:944
+#: release-manual.xml:1404
 msgid ""
 "An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia.  It "
 "work with both konqueror and firefox."
@@ -2906,7 +2938,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Funciona tanto con konqueror como con firefox"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:945
+#: release-manual.xml:1406
 msgid ""
 "To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
 "url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -2915,14 +2947,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:947
+#: release-manual.xml:1409
 msgid ""
 "E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
 "webbrowser or with wget:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:948
+#: release-manual.xml:1410
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -2930,12 +2962,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:950
+#: release-manual.xml:1413
 msgid "Then install:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:951
+#: release-manual.xml:1414
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -2943,13 +2975,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:953
+#: release-manual.xml:1417
 msgid ""
 "If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:954
+#: release-manual.xml:1418
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -2957,18 +2989,18 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "apt-get remove courier-ldap]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:957
+#: release-manual.xml:1424
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Other useful plugins"
 msgstr "Otros temas"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:958
+#: release-manual.xml:1426
 msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:959
+#: release-manual.xml:1427
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -2976,12 +3008,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:962
+#: release-manual.xml:1433
 msgid "Playing DVDs"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:963
+#: release-manual.xml:1435
 msgid ""
 "libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
 "it's not included in Debian (Edu).  If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -2989,14 +3021,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:964
+#: release-manual.xml:1437
 msgid ""
 "To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
 "just add"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:965
+#: release-manual.xml:1438
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -3004,19 +3036,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:967
+#: release-manual.xml:1441
 msgid ""
 "to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
 "multimedia-keyring)."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:968
+#: release-manual.xml:1443
 msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:969
+#: release-manual.xml:1444
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -3024,17 +3056,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:973
+#: release-manual.xml:1451
 msgid "Howtos for networked clients"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:974
+#: release-manual.xml:1455
 msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
 msgstr "Clientes ligeros vs Puestos sin disco"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:975
+#: release-manual.xml:1457
 msgid ""
 "Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
 "workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -3047,17 +3079,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:978
+#: release-manual.xml:1463
 msgid "LTSP in detail"
 msgstr "LTSP en detalle"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:979
+#: release-manual.xml:1467
 msgid "lts.conf"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:980
+#: release-manual.xml:1469
 msgid ""
 "To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
 "can edit the file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf. Have a look at /opt/ltsp/i386/"
@@ -3066,7 +3098,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:981
+#: release-manual.xml:1471
 msgid ""
 "The default values is defined under [default], to configure one client, "
 "specify which client using the client mac adress or ipadress like this "
@@ -3074,33 +3106,33 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:982
+#: release-manual.xml:1473
 msgid ""
 "Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
 "something like this:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:983
+#: release-manual.xml:1475
 msgid ""
 "[192.168.0.10] X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024 X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\" X_VERTREFRESH = "
 "\"59-62\""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:984
+#: release-manual.xml:1477
 msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:985
+#: release-manual.xml:1479
 msgid ""
 "Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
 "client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:986
+#: release-manual.xml:1481
 msgid ""
 "To use ipadresses in lts.conf you should add the client mac-address to your "
 "dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you "
@@ -3108,12 +3140,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:988
+#: release-manual.xml:1486
 msgid "load balancing LTSP servers"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:989
+#: release-manual.xml:1488
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
 "for load balancing.  One way is listing several servers using LDM_SERVER in "
@@ -3125,12 +3157,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:992
+#: release-manual.xml:1494
 msgid "Connecting windows machines to the network / windows integration"
 msgstr "Conectar máquinas windows a la red / integración con windows"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:993
+#: release-manual.xml:1496
 msgid ""
 "For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
 "joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -3143,7 +3175,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "de autentificar a los usuarios."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:994
+#: release-manual.xml:1498
 msgid ""
 "In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
 "required:"
@@ -3152,14 +3184,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "(pocos) pasos:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:995
+#: release-manual.xml:1500
 msgid ""
 "1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
 "existing)"
 msgstr "1. Crear un usuario en el grupo \"admins\" (si no existiera ya)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:996
+#: release-manual.xml:1502
 msgid ""
 "In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
 "group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -3174,12 +3206,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "contraseña para root en Samba."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1000
+#: release-manual.xml:1507
 msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
 msgstr "2. Concigurar el cliente Windows como un puesto estático"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1001
+#: release-manual.xml:1509
 msgid ""
 "When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
 "controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -3200,7 +3232,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "unirse al dominio."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1004
+#: release-manual.xml:1513
 msgid ""
 "3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
 "matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
@@ -3210,13 +3242,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "configuración de ip)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1007
+#: release-manual.xml:1517
 msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
 msgstr ""
 "4. Unirse al dominio como de costumbre con el usuario añadido en el paso 1."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1010
+#: release-manual.xml:1521
 msgid ""
 "Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
 "Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -3232,12 +3264,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "\"Mis Documentos\"."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1011
+#: release-manual.xml:1525
 msgid "XP home"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1012
+#: release-manual.xml:1527
 msgid ""
 "Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
 "their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -3246,12 +3278,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1015
+#: release-manual.xml:1533
 msgid "remote Desktops"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1016
+#: release-manual.xml:1535
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Some municipalities provide a remote desktop in addition to what defaults "
@@ -3263,7 +3295,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "a Skolelinux desde su casa usando Windows, Mac o Linux."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1029
+#: release-manual.xml:1552
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
 "LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
@@ -3276,43 +3308,43 @@ msgstr ""
 "cambiarse el apunte a $svn/trunk/src/debian-edu-config/sbin/ltsp-make-client "
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1035
+#: release-manual.xml:1561
 msgid "Howtos for teaching and learning"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1036
+#: release-manual.xml:1565
 msgid "Schooltool"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1037
+#: release-manual.xml:1567
 msgid ""
 "FIXME: the heading and the description needs fixing. Some schools in France "
 "use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and credit points."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1039
+#: release-manual.xml:1572
 msgid "Monitoring pupils and restricting their network access"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1040
+#: release-manual.xml:1574
 msgid ""
 "Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
 "students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1041
+#: release-manual.xml:1576
 msgid ""
 "Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
 "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1048
+#: release-manual.xml:1586
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
 "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -3323,23 +3355,23 @@ msgstr ""
 "interesante"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1054
+#: release-manual.xml:1595
 msgid "Contribute"
 msgstr "Contribuir"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1055
+#: release-manual.xml:1599
 msgid "Let us know you exist"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1057
+#: release-manual.xml:1602
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>:-)  </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1061
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
 msgid ""
 "There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
 "contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -3348,7 +3380,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1066
+#: release-manual.xml:1613
 msgid ""
 "The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
 "system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -3359,19 +3391,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1069
+#: release-manual.xml:1619
 msgid "Resources"
 msgstr "Recursos"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1070
+#: release-manual.xml:1621
 msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME </emphasis>, for now some basic pointers:"
 msgstr ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>POR CORREGIR </emphasis>, por ahora unas "
 "indicaciones básicas:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1072
+#: release-manual.xml:1624
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
 "DebianEdu </ulink> - mostly developer centric wiki"
@@ -3380,7 +3412,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "DebianEdu </ulink> - wiki orientado a desarrolladores"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1075
+#: release-manual.xml:1628
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/"
 "debian-edu </ulink> - developer centric mailing list"
@@ -3389,25 +3421,25 @@ msgstr ""
 "debian-edu </ulink> - lista de correo orientada a desarrolladores"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1079
+#: release-manual.xml:1633
 msgid ""
 "we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
 "Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1083
+#: release-manual.xml:1638
 msgid "FIXME: add link to Support chapter"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1085
+#: release-manual.xml:1643
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Documentation writers"
 msgstr "== Escritores de la Documentación =="
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1086
+#: release-manual.xml:1645
 msgid ""
 "This document needs your help. You can help at <ulink url='http://wiki."
 "skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/"
@@ -3418,28 +3450,27 @@ msgstr ""
 "DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> <inlinemediaobject>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1093
+#: release-manual.xml:1655
 msgid "Translations wanted"
 msgstr "Se necesitan traducciones"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1094
+#: release-manual.xml:1657
 msgid ""
 "Another good way to help is by translating software and documentation. "
 "Information how to translate the documentation can be found in the <ulink "
-"url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations translation "
-"chapter'>DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations translation chapter </"
+"url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>translation chapter </"
 "ulink> of this book."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1097
+#: release-manual.xml:1663
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Join a local Debian Edu team"
 msgstr "Unirse a un equipo local de Debian-Edu"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1098
+#: release-manual.xml:1665
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME </emphasis>: in Norway, Germany, France, Spain "
 "(the region of Extremadura)."
@@ -3448,13 +3479,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "España  (la región de Extremadura con LinEx)."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1101
+#: release-manual.xml:1671
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Start a new local Debian Edu team"
 msgstr "Comenzar un nuevo equipo local de debian-edu"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1102
+#: release-manual.xml:1673
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME: </emphasis> \"isolated\" contributors and "
 "users in schools exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere. Meet "
@@ -3466,22 +3497,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "edu!"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1106
+#: release-manual.xml:1680
 msgid "Support"
 msgstr "Soporte"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1684
 msgid "Volunteer based support"
 msgstr "Soporte basado en voluntarios"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1108
+#: release-manual.xml:1688
 msgid "in english"
 msgstr "en inglés"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1109
+#: release-manual.xml:1690
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
@@ -3493,7 +3524,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "</ulink> - lista de correo para soporte en habla inglesa"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1112
+#: release-manual.xml:1694
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/"
 "debian-edu </ulink> - developer centric mailing list, more useful to report "
@@ -3504,12 +3535,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "útil para informar de problemas que para que te ayuden"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1118
+#: release-manual.xml:1703
 msgid "in norwegian"
 msgstr "en noruego"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1119
+#: release-manual.xml:1705
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -3521,7 +3552,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink> - lista de correo de soporte para usuarios en habla noruega"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1122
+#: release-manual.xml:1709
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -3534,12 +3565,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "linuxiskolen </ulink> - POR CORREGIR"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1128
+#: release-manual.xml:1718
 msgid "in german"
 msgstr "en alemán"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1129
+#: release-manual.xml:1720
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
@@ -3550,7 +3581,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "para usuarios en habla alemana"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1132
+#: release-manual.xml:1724
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
@@ -3560,12 +3591,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "wiki alemán con muchos <ulink url='/HowTos'>Tutoriales </ulink> etc."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1138
+#: release-manual.xml:1733
 msgid "in french"
 msgstr "en francés"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1139
+#: release-manual.xml:1735
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
@@ -3575,12 +3606,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "org/debian-edu-french </ulink> lista de correo de soporte en francés"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1145
+#: release-manual.xml:1744
 msgid "Professional support"
 msgstr "Soporte profesional"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1146
+#: release-manual.xml:1746
 msgid ""
 "Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
 "url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -3591,12 +3622,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1150
+#: release-manual.xml:1753
 msgid "Copyright and authors"
 msgstr "Copyright y authores"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1151
+#: release-manual.xml:1755
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
@@ -3608,7 +3639,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "licencia GPL2 o cualquier versión posterior. ¡Disfrútalo!"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1152
+#: release-manual.xml:1757
 msgid ""
 "If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
 "are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -3620,12 +3651,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "tu nombre aquí y libéralo bajo la GPL2 o posterior."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1155
+#: release-manual.xml:1763
 msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
 msgstr "Copyright de la traducción y Autores"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1156
+#: release-manual.xml:1765
 msgid ""
 "The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
 "is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -3634,7 +3665,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1157
+#: release-manual.xml:1767
 msgid ""
 "The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
 "and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -3643,7 +3674,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1158
+#: release-manual.xml:1769
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
@@ -3654,12 +3685,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1160
+#: release-manual.xml:1774
 msgid "Translations of this document"
 msgstr "Traducciones de este documento"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1161
+#: release-manual.xml:1776
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
@@ -3670,18 +3701,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "y español."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1162
+#: release-manual.xml:1780
 msgid "Howto translate this document"
 msgstr "Como traducir este documento"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1163
+#: release-manual.xml:1782
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Read this, if you want to start/help translating this document:"
 msgstr "Como traducir este documento"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1164
+#: release-manual.xml:1784
 msgid ""
 "Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
 "software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -3691,7 +3722,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1167
+#: release-manual.xml:1788
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "To update the translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -3706,7 +3737,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "edu at l.d.o </ulink> o ponga un bug al paquete debian-edu-doc."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1170
+#: release-manual.xml:1792
 msgid ""
 "You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
 "with the following command (you need to have the <computeroutput>subversion "
@@ -3714,14 +3745,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1173
+#: release-manual.xml:1796
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
 "edu-doc </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#: release-manual.xml:1801
 msgid ""
 "Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
 "$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code) and "
@@ -3730,7 +3761,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1179
+#: release-manual.xml:1804
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
@@ -3744,12 +3775,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "mimetype=xml/docbook'>los fuentes </ulink>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1181
+#: release-manual.xml:1809
 msgid "Potential problems for translations"
 msgstr "Problemas potenciales para los traductores"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1182
+#: release-manual.xml:1811
 msgid ""
 "We will need to write sed-scripts (or something like that) to support "
 "different images for different translations. Laters <inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -3758,24 +3789,24 @@ msgstr ""
 "diferentes imágenes con diferentes traducciones <inlinemediaobject>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1187
+#: release-manual.xml:1817
 msgid "Please report any other showstoppers."
 msgstr "Por favor, informa de otros posibles fallos importantes."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1190
+#: release-manual.xml:1823
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
 msgstr "Apéndice A - La Licencia Pública GNU (GPL)"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1192
+#: release-manual.xml:1826
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1194
+#: release-manual.xml:1832
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
@@ -3789,7 +3820,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> <inlinemediaobject>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1836
 msgid ""
 "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
 "under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -3798,7 +3829,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1198
+#: release-manual.xml:1838
 msgid ""
 "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
 "ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -3807,7 +3838,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1199
+#: release-manual.xml:1840
 msgid ""
 "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
 "this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -3815,17 +3846,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1201
+#: release-manual.xml:1845
 msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1202
+#: release-manual.xml:1847
 msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1203
+#: release-manual.xml:1849
 msgid ""
 "Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
 "Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -3834,12 +3865,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1205
+#: release-manual.xml:1854
 msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1206
+#: release-manual.xml:1856
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>0.  </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
 "or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -3853,7 +3884,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1208
+#: release-manual.xml:1859
 msgid ""
 "Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
 "by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of running the Program "
@@ -3864,7 +3895,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1209
+#: release-manual.xml:1861
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>1.  </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
 "copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -3876,14 +3907,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1211
+#: release-manual.xml:1864
 msgid ""
 "You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
 "may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1212
+#: release-manual.xml:1866
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>2.  </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
 "of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -3892,7 +3923,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1214
+#: release-manual.xml:1869
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>a)  </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
 "carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -3900,7 +3931,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1216
+#: release-manual.xml:1872
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>b)  </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
 "distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -3909,7 +3940,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1218
+#: release-manual.xml:1875
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>c)  </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
 "reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -3924,7 +3955,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1222
+#: release-manual.xml:1880
 msgid ""
 "These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If identifiable "
 "sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -3938,7 +3969,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1223
+#: release-manual.xml:1882
 msgid ""
 "Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
 "rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -3947,7 +3978,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1224
+#: release-manual.xml:1884
 msgid ""
 "In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
 "the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -3956,7 +3987,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1225
+#: release-manual.xml:1886
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>3.  </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
 "Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -3965,7 +3996,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1227
+#: release-manual.xml:1889
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>a)  </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
 "corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -3974,7 +4005,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1229
+#: release-manual.xml:1892
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>b)  </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
 "valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -3985,7 +4016,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1231
+#: release-manual.xml:1895
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>c)  </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
 "you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code.  (This "
@@ -3995,7 +4026,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1235
+#: release-manual.xml:1900
 msgid ""
 "The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
 "modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -4009,7 +4040,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1236
+#: release-manual.xml:1902
 msgid ""
 "If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
 "copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -4019,7 +4050,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1237
+#: release-manual.xml:1904
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>4.  </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
 "sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -4031,7 +4062,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1239
+#: release-manual.xml:1907
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>5.  </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
 "License, since you have not signed it.  However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -4044,7 +4075,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1241
+#: release-manual.xml:1910
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>6.  </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
 "Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -4056,7 +4087,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1243
+#: release-manual.xml:1913
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>7.  </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
 "judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -4073,7 +4104,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1245
+#: release-manual.xml:1916
 msgid ""
 "If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
 "particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -4081,7 +4112,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1918
 msgid ""
 "It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
 "or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -4095,14 +4126,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1247
+#: release-manual.xml:1920
 msgid ""
 "This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
 "consequence of the rest of this License."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1248
+#: release-manual.xml:1922
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>8.  </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
 "the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -4114,7 +4145,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1250
+#: release-manual.xml:1925
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>9.  </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
 "publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -4123,7 +4154,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1252
+#: release-manual.xml:1928
 msgid ""
 "Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program "
 "specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -4135,7 +4166,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1253
+#: release-manual.xml:1930
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>10.  </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
 "the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -4148,7 +4179,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1257
+#: release-manual.xml:1936
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>11.  </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
 "FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -4162,7 +4193,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1259
+#: release-manual.xml:1939
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>12.  </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
 "APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -4176,27 +4207,27 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1262
+#: release-manual.xml:1945
 msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1265
+#: release-manual.xml:1951
 msgid "Live DVD - Boot from CD to test the system"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1266
+#: release-manual.xml:1955
 msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1271
+#: release-manual.xml:1963
 msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1272
+#: release-manual.xml:1965
 msgid ""
 "To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
 "UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -4208,99 +4239,99 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1286
+#: release-manual.xml:1983
 msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1288
+#: release-manual.xml:1986
 msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1290 release-manual.xml:1297
+#: release-manual.xml:1989 release-manual.xml:1999
 msgid "no"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1293
+#: release-manual.xml:1993
 msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1295
+#: release-manual.xml:1996
 msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1300
+#: release-manual.xml:2003
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "German"
 msgstr "en alemán"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1302
+#: release-manual.xml:2006
 msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1304
+#: release-manual.xml:2009
 msgid "de"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1307
+#: release-manual.xml:2013
 msgid "French (France)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1309
+#: release-manual.xml:2016
 msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1311 release-manual.xml:1318 release-manual.xml:1325
+#: release-manual.xml:2019 release-manual.xml:2029 release-manual.xml:2039
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "? (FIXME)"
 msgstr "POR CORREGIR"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1314
+#: release-manual.xml:2023
 msgid "Greek (Greece)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1316
+#: release-manual.xml:2026
 msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1321
+#: release-manual.xml:2033
 msgid "Japanese"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1323
+#: release-manual.xml:2036
 msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1328
+#: release-manual.xml:2043
 msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1330
+#: release-manual.xml:2046
 msgid "se_NO"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1332
+#: release-manual.xml:2049
 msgid "no(smi)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1338
+#: release-manual.xml:2056
 msgid ""
 "A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
 "i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -4309,28 +4340,45 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1341
+#: release-manual.xml:2062
 msgid "Stuff to know"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1345
+#: release-manual.xml:2069
 msgid "Known issues with the image"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1349
+#: release-manual.xml:2076
 msgid "Download"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1350
+#: release-manual.xml:2078
 msgid ""
 "The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
 "cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
 "live/'>HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
 msgstr ""
 
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "/etc/ in svk"
+#~ msgstr "/etc/ en svk"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "printer managing"
+#~ msgstr "gestión de impresora"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Firewall setup (coyote linux)"
+#~ msgstr "Configuración del Cortafuegos (coyote linux)"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "FIXME"
+#~ msgstr "POR CORREGIR"
+
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
 #~ msgid "HowTo"
 #~ msgstr "HowTo"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
index 430c9c0..94dddd8 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-31 23:32+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-01 11:15+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-14 11:34MET\n"
 "Last-Translator: Petter Reinholdtsen <pere at hungry.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <i18n-nb at lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -13,32 +13,32 @@ msgstr ""
 "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1
+#: release-manual.xml:2
 msgid "DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:1193
+#: release-manual.xml:8 release-manual.xml:1830
 msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:4
+#: release-manual.xml:10
 msgid ""
 "This is the (<emphasis>still incomplete </emphasis>) release manual for the "
 "Debian Edu etch 3.0 release."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:6
+#: release-manual.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-10-31 22:32 UTC</"
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-01 10:14 UTC</"
 "computeroutput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:8
+#: release-manual.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
 "Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> is a "
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:10
+#: release-manual.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Translations </"
 "ulink> are part of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> "
@@ -55,140 +55,140 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:14
+#: release-manual.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AboutDebianEdu'>About </ulink> "
 "Debian Edu and Skolelinux"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:17
+#: release-manual.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture'>Architecture </"
 "ulink> - the design principles of Debian Edu"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:20
+#: release-manual.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Features'>Features </ulink> - new "
 "Features in this release and old ones"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:23
+#: release-manual.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Requirements'>Requirements </"
 "ulink> to run Debian Edu"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:26
+#: release-manual.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Installation'>Installation </"
 "ulink> - how to install"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:29
+#: release-manual.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/GettingStarted'>Getting started </"
 "ulink> - what needs to be done after Installation"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:32
+#: release-manual.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintainance'>Maintainance </"
 "ulink> - Security updates, Backups and monitoring the systems"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:35
+#: release-manual.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Upgrades'>Upgrades </ulink> from "
 "Debian Edu sarge and woody"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:38
+#: release-manual.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> - simple "
 "step by step Howtos:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:40
+#: release-manual.xml:59
 msgid ""
 "for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Administration'>general "
 "administriation </ulink>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:43
+#: release-manual.xml:63
 msgid ""
 "for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Desktop'>the desktop </"
 "ulink>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:46
+#: release-manual.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/"
 "NetworkClients'>networked clients </ulink>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:49
+#: release-manual.xml:71
 msgid ""
 "for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/TeachAndLearn'>teaching "
 "and learning </ulink>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:54
+#: release-manual.xml:77
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Contribute'>Contribute </ulink> to "
 "Debian Edu"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:57
+#: release-manual.xml:81
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Support'>Support </ulink> - how"
 "+where to find help"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:60
+#: release-manual.xml:85
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/CopyRight'>Copyright </ulink> and "
 "Authors of this document"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:63
+#: release-manual.xml:89
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Translations </"
 "ulink> of this document"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:66
+#: release-manual.xml:93
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AppendixA'>Appendix A </ulink> - "
 "The GNU Public Licence"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:69
+#: release-manual.xml:97
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AppendixB'>Appendix B </ulink> - "
 "about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:73
+#: release-manual.xml:102
 msgid ""
 "Special pages: <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>Index page </"
 "ulink> - <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne'>All in one page "
@@ -196,12 +196,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:77
+#: release-manual.xml:109
 msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:78
+#: release-manual.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "Skolelinux is the Debian Edu project's <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.net/"
 "index.cgi?CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution </ulink> (CDD) in "
@@ -212,36 +212,36 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:80
+#: release-manual.xml:114
 msgid ""
 "The system is in use in several countries around the world, with most "
 "installations in Norway, Germany and France."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:82
+#: release-manual.xml:119
 msgid "Architecture"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:83
+#: release-manual.xml:121
 msgid ""
 "This section of the document describes the network architecture and services "
 "provided by a Skolelinux installation."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:84
+#: release-manual.xml:125
 msgid "Network"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:86
+#: release-manual.xml:128
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:network-arch_en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:90
+#: release-manual.xml:133
 msgid ""
 "Network architecture as dia file: <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
 "Architecture?action=AttachFile&do=get&target=network-arch_en."
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:92
+#: release-manual.xml:136
 msgid ""
 "The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of "
 "a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main-server, "
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:93
+#: release-manual.xml:138
 msgid ""
 "The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is "
 "that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing "
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:94
+#: release-manual.xml:140
 msgid ""
 "In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet "
 "connection runs over a separate router. It is possible to set up Debian with "
@@ -283,12 +283,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:96
+#: release-manual.xml:145
 msgid "Services"
 msgstr "Tjenester"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:97
+#: release-manual.xml:147
 msgid ""
 "With the exception of the control of the thin-clients, all services are "
 "initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance "
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:98
+#: release-manual.xml:149
 msgid ""
 "To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the "
 "network are encrypted, so no passwords are send over the network as plain "
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:99
+#: release-manual.xml:151
 msgid ""
 "Below is a list of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux "
 "network, with the DNS name of each service given in square brackets. Where "
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:118
+#: release-manual.xml:171
 msgid ""
 "Each user stores his personal files in his home folder which is made "
 "available by the server. Home folders are accessible from all machines, "
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:119
+#: release-manual.xml:173
 msgid ""
 "By default e-mail is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) "
 "only, though e-mail delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the "
@@ -345,14 +345,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:120
+#: release-manual.xml:175
 msgid ""
 "All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to "
 "the central user database for authentication and authorization."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:121
+#: release-manual.xml:177
 msgid ""
 "To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches "
 "files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in "
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:122
+#: release-manual.xml:179
 msgid ""
 "Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. "
 "Normal clients are allocated IP addresses in the private subnet 10.0.2.0/23, "
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:123
+#: release-manual.xml:181
 msgid ""
 "Centralized logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog "
 "messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts "
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:124
+#: release-manual.xml:183
 msgid ""
 "By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*."
 "intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS "
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:125
+#: release-manual.xml:185
 msgid ""
 "Pupils and teachers have the possibility to publish websites. The web server "
 "provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to "
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:126
+#: release-manual.xml:187
 msgid ""
 "Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, "
 "and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To "
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:127
+#: release-manual.xml:189
 msgid ""
 "Administration of services and users will by and large be via web, and "
 "follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are "
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:128
+#: release-manual.xml:191
 msgid ""
 "In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug "
 "problems, time needs to be synchronized on the different machines. To "
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:129
+#: release-manual.xml:193
 msgid ""
 "Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the network, "
 "or connected to a server, workstation or thin-client-server. Access to "
@@ -442,12 +442,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:130
+#: release-manual.xml:197
 msgid "Thin client services"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:131
+#: release-manual.xml:199
 msgid ""
 "A thin client setup enables a ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal. "
 "This means that that machine boots from a diskette or directly from the "
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:132
+#: release-manual.xml:201
 msgid ""
 "Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they "
 "effectively run all programs on the LTSP-Server. This works as follows: The "
@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:133
+#: release-manual.xml:203
 msgid ""
 "The thin client server is set up to receive syslog from the thin clients, "
 "and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient. (Oops, the thin "
@@ -476,12 +476,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:136
+#: release-manual.xml:209
 msgid "Administration"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:137
+#: release-manual.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "All the linux machines that are installed by means of a Skolelinux CD or DVD "
 "will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It "
@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:138
+#: release-manual.xml:213
 msgid ""
 "We use cfengine to edit configuration files. These files are updated from "
 "the server to the clients. In order to change the client configuration, it "
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:139
+#: release-manual.xml:215
 msgid ""
 "All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts "
 "are made against this database and is used by the clients for user "
@@ -507,17 +507,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:141 release-manual.xml:260
+#: release-manual.xml:220 release-manual.xml:390
 msgid "Installation"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:142
+#: release-manual.xml:222
 msgid "Installation is possible either from a CD or DVD."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:143
+#: release-manual.xml:224
 msgid ""
 "The aim is to be able to install a server from CD/DVD, and install clients "
 "over the network by booting all other machines from the network. The DVD "
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:144
+#: release-manual.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired "
 "language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine profile (server, "
@@ -535,12 +535,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:146
+#: release-manual.xml:231
 msgid "File system access configuration"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:147
+#: release-manual.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the "
 "file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration "
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:148
+#: release-manual.xml:235
 msgid ""
 "To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared "
 "directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the "
@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:151
+#: release-manual.xml:239
 msgid ""
 "To enable shared file access control using the file groups, each user must "
 "be assigned a primary group with no other members. The name of this private "
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:153
+#: release-manual.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "The initial access settings for newly created files is a matter of policy. "
 "They may either be set to give read access to everybody, which can later be "
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:154
+#: release-manual.xml:244
 msgid ""
 "Suggestion: The files are initially set to be readable by all, but "
 "particular directories are created in which the content is initially "
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:160
+#: release-manual.xml:251
 msgid ""
 "ssh requires that the home directory can only be written to by the owner, "
 "thus the maximum access privilege for <computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput> "
@@ -621,34 +621,34 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:165
+#: release-manual.xml:259
 msgid "random notes"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:166
+#: release-manual.xml:261
 msgid ""
 "These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this "
 "document."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:177
+#: release-manual.xml:276
 msgid "Features"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:178
+#: release-manual.xml:280
 msgid "New features in the \"3.0 Terra\" release 2007-07-22"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:187
+#: release-manual.xml:290
 msgid "OpenOffice.org version 2.0."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:199
+#: release-manual.xml:303
 msgid ""
 "Regression: Webmin is now removed from Debian because of problems supporting "
 "it. We've added a new web based user administration tool named "
@@ -659,22 +659,22 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:207
+#: release-manual.xml:314
 msgid "Features in 2.0 release 2006-03-14"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:212
+#: release-manual.xml:320
 msgid "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:216
+#: release-manual.xml:327
 msgid "Features in \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:222
+#: release-manual.xml:334
 msgid ""
 "(Information on the older releases can be found on <ulink url='http://"
 "developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html'>http://developer."
@@ -682,12 +682,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:226
+#: release-manual.xml:341
 msgid "Requirements"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:227
+#: release-manual.xml:343
 msgid ""
 "There are different ways of set up a Skolelinux solution. It can be "
 "installed on just one standalone PC or a regional wide solution at many "
@@ -697,22 +697,22 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:236
+#: release-manual.xml:353
 msgid ""
-"for diskless workstations (also known as <ulink url='/LowFat'>LowFat </"
-"ulink> clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz or more is recommended minimum "
-"requirements. Swapping over the network is automatically enabled, the swap "
-"size is 32mb, if you need more you can tune this by editing /etc/ltsp/"
-"nbdswapd.conf on tjener to set the SIZE variable."
+"for diskless workstations (also known as LowFat clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 "
+"MHz or more is recommended minimum requirements. Swapping over the network "
+"is automatically enabled, the swap size is 32mb, if you need more you can "
+"tune this by editing /etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf on tjener to set the SIZE "
+"variable."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:241
+#: release-manual.xml:358
 msgid "FIXME: add links to explainations of main-server and thinclient-server"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:242
+#: release-manual.xml:360
 msgid ""
 "A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
 "org/DebianEdu/Hardware/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/ </"
@@ -720,17 +720,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:244
+#: release-manual.xml:365
 msgid "Network requirements"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:245
+#: release-manual.xml:369
 msgid "Internet-Router"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:246
+#: release-manual.xml:371
 msgid ""
 "A router/gateway, connected to the internet on the external interface and "
 "running on the IP address 10.0.2.1 on the internal interface. The router "
@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:247
+#: release-manual.xml:373
 msgid ""
 "If you are looking for a i386 based solution, we recommend <ulink "
 "url='http://www.ipcop.org'>IPCop </ulink> or <ulink url='http://www.zelow.no/"
@@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:254
+#: release-manual.xml:381
 msgid ""
 "It's possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink "
 "url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>documented "
@@ -764,12 +764,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:261
+#: release-manual.xml:394
 msgid "Where to find more information"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:262
+#: release-manual.xml:396
 msgid ""
 "We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url='http://www."
 "debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>release notes for Debian etch </"
@@ -779,12 +779,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:264 release-manual.xml:1062 release-manual.xml:1088
+#: release-manual.xml:398 release-manual.xml:1608 release-manual.xml:1647
 msgid "<phrase>:-)  </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:268
+#: release-manual.xml:403
 msgid ""
 "Even more <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
 "installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -792,123 +792,123 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:271
+#: release-manual.xml:409
 msgid "Download an installation media for Debian Edu etch 3.0r0"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:272
+#: release-manual.xml:413
 msgid "DVDs for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:273
+#: release-manual.xml:415
 msgid ""
 "The multiarch dvd ISO image is 4.4 GiB large. To download it, use either of "
 "these methods:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:274
+#: release-manual.xml:417
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
 "i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:276
+#: release-manual.xml:420
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
 "amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:278
+#: release-manual.xml:423
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
 "amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:282
+#: release-manual.xml:428
 msgid "or for the netinstall cd you can download for i386"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:283
+#: release-manual.xml:430
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
 "netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:285
+#: release-manual.xml:433
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
 "netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:287
+#: release-manual.xml:436
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
 "netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:291
+#: release-manual.xml:441
 msgid "amd64"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:292
+#: release-manual.xml:443
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
 "netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:294
+#: release-manual.xml:446
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
 "amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:296
+#: release-manual.xml:449
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
 "amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:300
+#: release-manual.xml:454
 msgid "and powerpc (suited for the newworld sub-architecture)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:301
+#: release-manual.xml:456
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
 "powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:303
+#: release-manual.xml:459
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
 "powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:305
+#: release-manual.xml:462
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
 "powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:309
+#: release-manual.xml:467
 msgid ""
 "The powerpc port has not been tested as much as the other architectures, "
 "though it should work just fine and has been reported to work. Still, we "
@@ -917,38 +917,38 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:310
+#: release-manual.xml:469
 msgid "The source code for this release is available on a DVD image"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:311
+#: release-manual.xml:471
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
 "source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:313
+#: release-manual.xml:474
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
 "source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:315
+#: release-manual.xml:477
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
 "source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:321
+#: release-manual.xml:486
 msgid "Request a CD/DVD by mail"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:322
+#: release-manual.xml:488
 msgid ""
 "For those without a fast internet connection, we offer to send you a CD or "
 "DVD for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink "
@@ -957,24 +957,24 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:324 release-manual.xml:378 release-manual.xml:1183
+#: release-manual.xml:490 release-manual.xml:556 release-manual.xml:1812
 msgid "<phrase>:)  </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:327
+#: release-manual.xml:493
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD "
 "to be sent to in the email."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:329
+#: release-manual.xml:498
 msgid "Installation from CD"
 msgstr "Installasjon fra CD"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:330
+#: release-manual.xml:500
 msgid ""
 "The netinst installation will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest "
 "from the net.  The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from "
@@ -982,12 +982,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:340
+#: release-manual.xml:513
 msgid "Installation options"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:341
+#: release-manual.xml:515
 msgid ""
 "When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But "
 "don't be afraid, there aren't many. We have done a good job hiding the "
@@ -998,7 +998,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:342
+#: release-manual.xml:517
 msgid ""
 "Normal graphical installation is the default on i386 and amd64. The powerpc "
 "installer does not support graphical installation. Enter "
@@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:345
+#: release-manual.xml:521
 msgid ""
 "The <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert boot </computeroutput> option adds the "
 "barebone profile to the profile options, and switches to manual "
@@ -1017,7 +1017,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:350
+#: release-manual.xml:527
 msgid ""
 "If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multiarch DVD it would be "
 "<computeroutput>amd64-install </computeroutput>. Likewise you can choose "
@@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:376
+#: release-manual.xml:554
 msgid ""
 "please say yes to submit information to <ulink url='http://popcon.skolelinux."
 "org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - though you dont have to "
@@ -1034,19 +1034,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:386
+#: release-manual.xml:565
 msgid ""
 "FIXME: this section needs a link to the half-thick client (aka diskless "
 "workstation aka lowfat clients) installation howto."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:387
+#: release-manual.xml:569
 msgid "A note on manual partitioning"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:388
+#: release-manual.xml:571
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to do manual partitioning for the main-server, you need to "
 "make sure that the directory /skole/tjener/home0 exists, probably by "
@@ -1057,12 +1057,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:390
+#: release-manual.xml:576
 msgid "A note on notebooks"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:391
+#: release-manual.xml:578
 msgid ""
 "In principal it makes sense to either install notebooks with the workstation "
 "or with the standalone profile. But keep in mind, that the workstation "
@@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:392
+#: release-manual.xml:580
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to reconfigure workstations to cache authentication "
 "information and sync the home directories to local disk (and resync to the "
@@ -1082,112 +1082,112 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:396
+#: release-manual.xml:587
 msgid ""
 "Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:398
+#: release-manual.xml:590
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:403
+#: release-manual.xml:596
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:408
+#: release-manual.xml:602
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:413
+#: release-manual.xml:608
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:418
+#: release-manual.xml:614
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:423
+#: release-manual.xml:620
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:428
+#: release-manual.xml:626
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:433
+#: release-manual.xml:632
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:438
+#: release-manual.xml:638
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:443
+#: release-manual.xml:644
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:448
+#: release-manual.xml:650
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:453
+#: release-manual.xml:656
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:458
+#: release-manual.xml:662
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:463
+#: release-manual.xml:668
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:467
+#: release-manual.xml:673
 msgid ""
 "The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
 "screen shot."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:469
+#: release-manual.xml:676
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:475
+#: release-manual.xml:685
 msgid "Getting started"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:476
+#: release-manual.xml:687
 msgid ""
 "This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
 "to get started.  The minimum you need to do is:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:481
+#: release-manual.xml:693
 msgid "This is described below."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:482
+#: release-manual.xml:695
 msgid ""
 "The <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>HowTo </ulink> chapter "
 "describes more tips and tricks and frequently asked questions, while this "
@@ -1195,29 +1195,29 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:485
+#: release-manual.xml:699
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting_started.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:489
+#: release-manual.xml:706
 msgid "Services running on the main server"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:490
+#: release-manual.xml:708
 msgid ""
 "There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
 "via a web management interface.  We'll describe each service here."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:491
+#: release-manual.xml:712
 msgid "Using lwat web based management"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:492
+#: release-manual.xml:714
 msgid ""
 "Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
 "important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
@@ -1225,7 +1225,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:498
+#: release-manual.xml:721
 msgid ""
 "To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/"
 "lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. There you will see the page below with the "
@@ -1236,37 +1236,37 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:500
+#: release-manual.xml:723
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "admin]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:501
+#: release-manual.xml:725
 msgid ""
 "and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
 "root account."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:503
+#: release-manual.xml:728
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:507
+#: release-manual.xml:733
 msgid ""
 "After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
 "menu."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:509
+#: release-manual.xml:738
 msgid "User Management with lwat"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:510
+#: release-manual.xml:740
 msgid ""
 "In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
 "used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -1276,14 +1276,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:511
+#: release-manual.xml:742
 msgid ""
 "To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
 "data entered to the LDAP directory."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:512
+#: release-manual.xml:744
 msgid ""
 "You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
 "members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
@@ -1291,19 +1291,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:513
+#: release-manual.xml:746
 msgid ""
 "Here only the basic operations are shown, for details please refer to the "
 "online manual of lwat."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:514
+#: release-manual.xml:750
 msgid "Adding users"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:515
+#: release-manual.xml:752
 msgid ""
 "To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
 "menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -1317,77 +1317,77 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:523
+#: release-manual.xml:763
 msgid "Students"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:525
+#: release-manual.xml:766
 msgid "Login and use the system"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:528
+#: release-manual.xml:770
 msgid "Teachers"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:530
+#: release-manual.xml:773
 msgid "Same as Students"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:533
+#: release-manual.xml:777
 msgid "jrAdmins"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:535
+#: release-manual.xml:780
 msgid ""
 "Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
 "of Admins)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:538
+#: release-manual.xml:784
 msgid "Admins"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:540
+#: release-manual.xml:787
 msgid ""
 "Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/"
 "machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:546
+#: release-manual.xml:794
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
 "is added."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:547
+#: release-manual.xml:796
 msgid ""
 "You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
 "you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:549
+#: release-manual.xml:799
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:553
+#: release-manual.xml:804
 msgid ""
 "If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
 "data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:555
+#: release-manual.xml:807
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -1397,12 +1397,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:560
+#: release-manual.xml:815
 msgid "Search and delete Users"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:561
+#: release-manual.xml:817
 msgid ""
 "To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
 "entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -1414,12 +1414,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:563
+#: release-manual.xml:820
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:567
+#: release-manual.xml:825
 msgid ""
 "A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
 "to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
@@ -1427,17 +1427,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:569
+#: release-manual.xml:828
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser-en.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:575
+#: release-manual.xml:837
 msgid "Group Management with lwat"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:576
+#: release-manual.xml:839
 msgid ""
 "The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
 "can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -1446,89 +1446,89 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:577
+#: release-manual.xml:841
 msgid ""
 "The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
 "you can use them for file permissions too."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:579
+#: release-manual.xml:846
 msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:580
+#: release-manual.xml:848
 msgid ""
 "With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
 "your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
 "lwat has a Hostname, an IP-address, an MAC-address and a domain name which "
 "usually is \"intern\". For a more verbose description about the Debian Edu "
 "architecture see the <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
-"Architecture'>architecture </ulink> section of this manual."
+"Architecture'>architecture </ulink> chapter of this manual."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:582
+#: release-manual.xml:851
 msgid ""
 "If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
 "address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:593
+#: release-manual.xml:866
 msgid "10.0.2.10"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:595
+#: release-manual.xml:869
 msgid "10.0.2.29"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:597
+#: release-manual.xml:872
 msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:602
+#: release-manual.xml:878
 msgid "10.0.2.30"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:604
+#: release-manual.xml:881
 msgid "10.0.2.49"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:606
+#: release-manual.xml:884
 msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:611
+#: release-manual.xml:890
 msgid "10.0.2.50"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:613
+#: release-manual.xml:893
 msgid "10.0.2.99"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:615
+#: release-manual.xml:896
 msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:623
+#: release-manual.xml:905
 msgid ""
 "The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
 "are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:624
+#: release-manual.xml:907
 msgid ""
 "To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
 "you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -1537,17 +1537,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:626
+#: release-manual.xml:910
 msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:631 release-manual.xml:655 release-manual.xml:940
+#: release-manual.xml:916 release-manual.xml:949 release-manual.xml:1399
 msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:634
+#: release-manual.xml:919
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
 "configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -1555,12 +1555,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:635
+#: release-manual.xml:923
 msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:636
+#: release-manual.xml:925
 msgid ""
 "To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
 "lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
@@ -1569,7 +1569,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:639
+#: release-manual.xml:929
 msgid ""
 "For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
 "favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -1577,7 +1577,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:642
+#: release-manual.xml:933
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "host static00 {\n"
@@ -1588,14 +1588,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:647
+#: release-manual.xml:939
 msgid ""
 "You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
 "static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:649
+#: release-manual.xml:942
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "host static00 {\n"
@@ -1606,31 +1606,31 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:658
+#: release-manual.xml:952
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
 "whenever you have changed the configuration."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:660
+#: release-manual.xml:957
 msgid "More lwat documentation"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:661
+#: release-manual.xml:959
 msgid ""
 "The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
 "doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:665
+#: release-manual.xml:966
 msgid "Printer Managment"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:666
+#: release-manual.xml:968
 msgid ""
 "For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://"
 "www:631'>https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups management site "
@@ -1640,7 +1640,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:668
+#: release-manual.xml:971
 msgid ""
 "If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
 "<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -1648,24 +1648,24 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:673
+#: release-manual.xml:979
 msgid "Maintainance"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:674
+#: release-manual.xml:983
 msgid "Updating the software"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:675
+#: release-manual.xml:985
 msgid ""
 "This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
 "computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:677
+#: release-manual.xml:988
 msgid ""
 "Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
 "a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -1675,14 +1675,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:681
+#: release-manual.xml:993
 msgid ""
 "Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
 "FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:682
+#: release-manual.xml:995
 msgid ""
 "It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
 "and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -1690,7 +1690,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:685
+#: release-manual.xml:999
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
 "email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -1699,19 +1699,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:688
+#: release-manual.xml:1003
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
 "entries to you."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:691
+#: release-manual.xml:1009
 msgid "Backup Management"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:692
+#: release-manual.xml:1011
 msgid ""
 "For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/"
 "slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
@@ -1720,7 +1720,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:694
+#: release-manual.xml:1014
 msgid ""
 "Per default the tjener will backup /skole/tjener/home0, /etc/ and the ldap "
 "to /skole/backup which is in the lvm. If you only want to have things twice "
@@ -1728,41 +1728,41 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:695
+#: release-manual.xml:1016
 msgid ""
 "If you want to backup your data to an external server you'll have to modify "
 "the existing configuration a bit."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:696
+#: release-manual.xml:1018
 msgid ""
 "FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
 "further"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:698
+#: release-manual.xml:1023
 msgid "Server Monitoring"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:699
+#: release-manual.xml:1027
 msgid "Munin"
 msgstr "Munin"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:701
+#: release-manual.xml:1032
 msgid "Nagios"
 msgstr "Nagios"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:703
+#: release-manual.xml:1037
 msgid "Sitesummary"
 msgstr "Sitesummary"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:704
+#: release-manual.xml:1039
 msgid ""
 "Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url='http://wiki."
 "debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
@@ -1770,17 +1770,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:706
+#: release-manual.xml:1042
 msgid "give pointers to munin, sitesummary and nagios doc"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:710
+#: release-manual.xml:1049
 msgid "Upgrades"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:711
+#: release-manual.xml:1051
 msgid ""
 "Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
 "your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian Edu/"
@@ -1789,7 +1789,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:713
+#: release-manual.xml:1054
 msgid ""
 "More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
 "installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -1797,7 +1797,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:715
+#: release-manual.xml:1057
 msgid ""
 "If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
 "you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -1806,7 +1806,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:716
+#: release-manual.xml:1059
 msgid ""
 "Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
 "weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document "
@@ -1817,18 +1817,18 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:718
+#: release-manual.xml:1064
 msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:719
+#: release-manual.xml:1066
 msgid ""
 "Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:720
+#: release-manual.xml:1068
 msgid ""
 "In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url='http://www.debian."
 "org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>releasenotes for Debian etch </ulink>. "
@@ -1840,12 +1840,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:724
+#: release-manual.xml:1075
 msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:725
+#: release-manual.xml:1077
 msgid ""
 "The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
 "Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -1853,14 +1853,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:729
+#: release-manual.xml:1082
 msgid ""
 "But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
 "of the Installer."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:730
+#: release-manual.xml:1084
 msgid ""
 "The main problem is here that the System Volumegroup is quit small since the "
 "data in this Partitions is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on an 8GB "
@@ -1871,19 +1871,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:732
+#: release-manual.xml:1089
 msgid "Prepare the System"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:733
+#: release-manual.xml:1091
 msgid ""
 "If you have enough space in the vg_system Volumegroup but not in the lv_var- "
 "Partition you have to resize this partition:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:734
+#: release-manual.xml:1092
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -1892,25 +1892,25 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:739
+#: release-manual.xml:1097
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:742
+#: release-manual.xml:1100
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:745
+#: release-manual.xml:1103
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:748
+#: release-manual.xml:1106
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "mount /var \n"
@@ -1919,12 +1919,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:755
+#: release-manual.xml:1114
 msgid "Now start the upgrade with:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:756
+#: release-manual.xml:1115
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "aptitude update \n"
@@ -1932,12 +1932,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:760
+#: release-manual.xml:1120
 msgid "after you have modified your sources.list:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:761
+#: release-manual.xml:1121
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
@@ -1945,92 +1945,91 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:766
+#: release-manual.xml:1129
 msgid "Answers to Debconf Questions raising during upgrade"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:767
+#: release-manual.xml:1131
 msgid ""
 "Okay we'll give yo here some hints, what you should answer when some debconf "
-"Questions comes up. But please note. This upgrade <ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo "
-"</ulink> is based on a very plain fresh installation of an mainserver + "
-"terminalserver. So which questions raises up in addition to that depends on "
-"what is additionally installed on your system (which isn't included per "
-"default in the sarge based <ulink url='/DebianEdu'>DebianEdu </ulink> "
-"Release).  So if there are any questions where you don't know what to "
-"answer, don't hesitate to ask us at the Mailinglist (<ulink url='mailto:"
-"debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) or at IRC "
-"(irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
+"Questions comes up. But please note. This upgrade HowTo is based on a very "
+"plain fresh installation of an mainserver + terminalserver. So which "
+"questions raises up in addition to that depends on what is additionally "
+"installed on your system (which isn't included per default in the sarge "
+"based Debian Edu Release).  So if there are any questions where you don't "
+"know what to answer, don't hesitate to ask us at the Mailinglist (<ulink "
+"url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </"
+"ulink>) or at IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:771
+#: release-manual.xml:1134
 msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:772
+#: release-manual.xml:1136
 msgid ""
 "Here you have to enter an passwort for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
 "user."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:776
+#: release-manual.xml:1141
 msgid "* Configure console-data"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:779
+#: release-manual.xml:1145
 msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:782
+#: release-manual.xml:1149
 msgid "* Configure systat"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:785
+#: release-manual.xml:1153
 msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:788
+#: release-manual.xml:1157
 msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:789
+#: release-manual.xml:1159
 msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:792
+#: release-manual.xml:1163
 msgid ""
 "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:799
+#: release-manual.xml:1171
 msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer Yes here."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:800
+#: release-manual.xml:1173
 msgid "* Restart Services. Answer Yes here."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:801
+#: release-manual.xml:1175
 msgid ""
 "Okay. This should be all if you have no additional packages installed. Now "
 "the upgrade process start to replace the packages."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:802
+#: release-manual.xml:1177
 msgid ""
 "Please note here: The Installer will ask several times if you want to keep "
 "your old modified Version of an Configfile or if you want to get the latest. "
@@ -2039,12 +2038,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:803
+#: release-manual.xml:1179
 msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:804
+#: release-manual.xml:1180
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2055,7 +2054,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:809
+#: release-manual.xml:1186
 msgid ""
 "To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
 "mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -2065,28 +2064,28 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:813
+#: release-manual.xml:1190
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:814
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
 msgid "Now the upgrade work again:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:815
+#: release-manual.xml:1194
 msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:818
+#: release-manual.xml:1198
 msgid "Then the installation failed another time:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:819
+#: release-manual.xml:1199
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2096,7 +2095,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:823
+#: release-manual.xml:1204
 msgid ""
 "In order to fix this rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
 "dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since ldap now runs not "
@@ -2105,7 +2104,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:826
+#: release-manual.xml:1207
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -2113,7 +2112,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:828
+#: release-manual.xml:1210
 msgid ""
 "Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
 "emphasis> an error.  Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
@@ -2121,18 +2120,18 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:830
+#: release-manual.xml:1212
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:831
+#: release-manual.xml:1214
 msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:832
+#: release-manual.xml:1215
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2141,24 +2140,24 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:835
+#: release-manual.xml:1219
 msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:837
+#: release-manual.xml:1221
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:838
+#: release-manual.xml:1223
 msgid ""
 "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:839
+#: release-manual.xml:1225
 msgid ""
 "If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
 "now finish without raising more errors. The only remaining upgrade issue is "
@@ -2167,18 +2166,18 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:840
+#: release-manual.xml:1226
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:843
+#: release-manual.xml:1232
 msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:844
+#: release-manual.xml:1234
 msgid ""
 "Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
 "supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
@@ -2188,12 +2187,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:848
+#: release-manual.xml:1241
 msgid "Howtos for general administration"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:849
+#: release-manual.xml:1243
 msgid ""
 "The <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/GettingStarted'>Getting "
 "Started </ulink> and <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
@@ -2203,52 +2202,86 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:852
+#: release-manual.xml:1249
 msgid ""
 "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:860
-msgid "/etc/ in svk"
+#: release-manual.xml:1260
+msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1262
+msgid ""
+"With the introduction of the debian-edu-etc-svk script in Debian Edu, all "
+"changes done in /etc/ is tracked using a version control system.  This make "
+"it possible to see when a file changed, and what was changed if the file is "
+"a text file."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:861
-msgid "FIXME. see below for a link to a howto"
+#: release-manual.xml:1264
+msgid ""
+"It is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian Edu, and "
+"all changes done during installation are registered."
 msgstr ""
 
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:863
-msgid "printer managing"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1266
+msgid "List of available commands:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1267
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
+" debian-edu-etc-svk commit\n"
+" debian-edu-etc-svk status\n"
+" debian-edu-etc-svk log\n"
+" debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
+"]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:864
+#: release-manual.xml:1274
 msgid ""
-"To manage printers you can use cups' webinterface. Point your webbrowser to "
-"<ulink url='https://tjener:631'>https://tjener:631 </ulink>. You will need "
-"to enter root username and password, or some admin username/password with "
-"correct permissions to make changes."
+"The 'commit' command was renamed from 'update' 2007-07-06.  In a transition "
+"period, both commands will work."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:867
-msgid "Firewall setup (coyote linux)"
+#: release-manual.xml:1279
+msgid "Example usage"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1281
+msgid "In a freshly installed system try:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1284
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
+"]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:868
-msgid "FIXME"
+#: release-manual.xml:1287
+msgid "FIXME: explain how to commit and revert"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:870
+#: release-manual.xml:1292
 msgid "Resize Partitions"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:871
+#: release-manual.xml:1294
 msgid ""
 "Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes.  Only the /boot/ "
 "partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -2258,7 +2291,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:872
+#: release-manual.xml:1296
 msgid ""
 "It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
 "partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -2268,7 +2301,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:873
+#: release-manual.xml:1298
 msgid ""
 "To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
 "fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided.  When invoked, it reads "
@@ -2283,35 +2316,34 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:879
+#: release-manual.xml:1305
 msgid ""
 "FIXME: Should we copy instructions on how to use LVM here, or just refer to "
-"other documentataion? Perhaps use the <ulink url='/ResizeHome0'>ResizeHome0 "
-"</ulink> instructions?"
+"other documentataion? Perhaps use the ResizeHome0 instructions?"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:882
+#: release-manual.xml:1310
 msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:883 release-manual.xml:886
+#: release-manual.xml:1312 release-manual.xml:1319
 msgid "FIXME: describe how to..."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:885
+#: release-manual.xml:1317
 msgid "Using backports.org"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:888
+#: release-manual.xml:1324
 msgid "Java"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:890
+#: release-manual.xml:1327
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
@@ -2319,45 +2351,45 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:893 release-manual.xml:1021 release-manual.xml:1043
+#: release-manual.xml:1333 release-manual.xml:1543 release-manual.xml:1581
 msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:894 release-manual.xml:1022 release-manual.xml:1044
+#: release-manual.xml:1335 release-manual.xml:1545 release-manual.xml:1583
 msgid ""
-"The <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
-"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are "
-"either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific <ulink "
-"url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> over here (and delete them over there)! (But "
-"first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they "
-"are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.)"
+"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
+"specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them "
+"over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to "
+"find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the "
+"GPL.)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:919
+#: release-manual.xml:1363
 msgid "Howtos for the desktop"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:920
+#: release-manual.xml:1367
 msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:921
+#: release-manual.xml:1369
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode'>Kiosk mode </"
 "ulink> - description of the kiosk mode settings"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:926
+#: release-manual.xml:1377
 msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:927
+#: release-manual.xml:1379
 msgid ""
 "In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
 "it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -2365,14 +2397,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:929
+#: release-manual.xml:1382
 msgid ""
 "Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
 "package:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:930
+#: release-manual.xml:1383
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -2381,19 +2413,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:933
+#: release-manual.xml:1387
 msgid ""
 "See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
 "information on how these variables are used."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:936
+#: release-manual.xml:1393
 msgid "Flash"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:937
+#: release-manual.xml:1395
 msgid ""
 "To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
 "<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package.  It "
@@ -2403,21 +2435,21 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:943
+#: release-manual.xml:1402
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch "
 "[pere 2007-07-12]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:944
+#: release-manual.xml:1404
 msgid ""
 "An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia.  It "
 "work with both konqueror and firefox."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:945
+#: release-manual.xml:1406
 msgid ""
 "To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
 "url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -2426,14 +2458,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:947
+#: release-manual.xml:1409
 msgid ""
 "E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
 "webbrowser or with wget:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:948
+#: release-manual.xml:1410
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -2441,12 +2473,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:950
+#: release-manual.xml:1413
 msgid "Then install:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:951
+#: release-manual.xml:1414
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -2454,13 +2486,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:953
+#: release-manual.xml:1417
 msgid ""
 "If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:954
+#: release-manual.xml:1418
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -2468,18 +2500,18 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:957
+#: release-manual.xml:1424
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Other useful plugins"
 msgstr "Andre tema"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:958
+#: release-manual.xml:1426
 msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:959
+#: release-manual.xml:1427
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -2487,12 +2519,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:962
+#: release-manual.xml:1433
 msgid "Playing DVDs"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:963
+#: release-manual.xml:1435
 msgid ""
 "libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
 "it's not included in Debian (Edu).  If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -2500,14 +2532,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:964
+#: release-manual.xml:1437
 msgid ""
 "To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
 "just add"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:965
+#: release-manual.xml:1438
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -2515,19 +2547,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:967
+#: release-manual.xml:1441
 msgid ""
 "to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
 "multimedia-keyring)."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:968
+#: release-manual.xml:1443
 msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:969
+#: release-manual.xml:1444
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -2535,17 +2567,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:973
+#: release-manual.xml:1451
 msgid "Howtos for networked clients"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:974
+#: release-manual.xml:1455
 msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:975
+#: release-manual.xml:1457
 msgid ""
 "Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
 "workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -2554,17 +2586,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:978
+#: release-manual.xml:1463
 msgid "LTSP in detail"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:979
+#: release-manual.xml:1467
 msgid "lts.conf"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:980
+#: release-manual.xml:1469
 msgid ""
 "To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
 "can edit the file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf. Have a look at /opt/ltsp/i386/"
@@ -2573,7 +2605,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:981
+#: release-manual.xml:1471
 msgid ""
 "The default values is defined under [default], to configure one client, "
 "specify which client using the client mac adress or ipadress like this "
@@ -2581,33 +2613,33 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:982
+#: release-manual.xml:1473
 msgid ""
 "Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
 "something like this:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:983
+#: release-manual.xml:1475
 msgid ""
 "[192.168.0.10] X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024 X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\" X_VERTREFRESH = "
 "\"59-62\""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:984
+#: release-manual.xml:1477
 msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:985
+#: release-manual.xml:1479
 msgid ""
 "Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
 "client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:986
+#: release-manual.xml:1481
 msgid ""
 "To use ipadresses in lts.conf you should add the client mac-address to your "
 "dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you "
@@ -2615,12 +2647,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:988
+#: release-manual.xml:1486
 msgid "load balancing LTSP servers"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:989
+#: release-manual.xml:1488
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
 "for load balancing.  One way is listing several servers using LDM_SERVER in "
@@ -2632,12 +2664,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:992
+#: release-manual.xml:1494
 msgid "Connecting windows machines to the network / windows integration"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:993
+#: release-manual.xml:1496
 msgid ""
 "For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
 "joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -2646,21 +2678,21 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:994
+#: release-manual.xml:1498
 msgid ""
 "In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
 "required:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:995
+#: release-manual.xml:1500
 msgid ""
 "1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
 "existing)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:996
+#: release-manual.xml:1502
 msgid ""
 "In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
 "group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -2670,12 +2702,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1000
+#: release-manual.xml:1507
 msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1001
+#: release-manual.xml:1509
 msgid ""
 "When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
 "controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -2688,19 +2720,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1004
+#: release-manual.xml:1513
 msgid ""
 "3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
 "matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1007
+#: release-manual.xml:1517
 msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1010
+#: release-manual.xml:1521
 msgid ""
 "Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
 "Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -2710,12 +2742,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1011
+#: release-manual.xml:1525
 msgid "XP home"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1012
+#: release-manual.xml:1527
 msgid ""
 "Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
 "their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -2724,12 +2756,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1015
+#: release-manual.xml:1533
 msgid "remote Desktops"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1016
+#: release-manual.xml:1535
 msgid ""
 "Some municipalities provide a remote desktop in addition to what defaults "
 "with Skolelinux. That way students and teachers can access Skolelinux from "
@@ -2737,7 +2769,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1029
+#: release-manual.xml:1552
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
 "LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
@@ -2746,43 +2778,43 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1035
+#: release-manual.xml:1561
 msgid "Howtos for teaching and learning"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1036
+#: release-manual.xml:1565
 msgid "Schooltool"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1037
+#: release-manual.xml:1567
 msgid ""
 "FIXME: the heading and the description needs fixing. Some schools in France "
 "use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and credit points."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1039
+#: release-manual.xml:1572
 msgid "Monitoring pupils and restricting their network access"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1040
+#: release-manual.xml:1574
 msgid ""
 "Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
 "students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1041
+#: release-manual.xml:1576
 msgid ""
 "Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
 "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1048
+#: release-manual.xml:1586
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
 "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -2790,22 +2822,22 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1054
+#: release-manual.xml:1595
 msgid "Contribute"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1055
+#: release-manual.xml:1599
 msgid "Let us know you exist"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1057
+#: release-manual.xml:1602
 msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1061
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
 msgid ""
 "There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
 "contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -2814,7 +2846,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1066
+#: release-manual.xml:1613
 msgid ""
 "The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
 "system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -2825,48 +2857,48 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1069
+#: release-manual.xml:1619
 msgid "Resources"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1070
+#: release-manual.xml:1621
 msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME </emphasis>, for now some basic pointers:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1072
+#: release-manual.xml:1624
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
 "DebianEdu </ulink> - mostly developer centric wiki"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1075
+#: release-manual.xml:1628
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/"
 "debian-edu </ulink> - developer centric mailing list"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1079
+#: release-manual.xml:1633
 msgid ""
 "we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
 "Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1083
+#: release-manual.xml:1638
 msgid "FIXME: add link to Support chapter"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1085
+#: release-manual.xml:1643
 msgid "Documentation writers"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1086
+#: release-manual.xml:1645
 msgid ""
 "This document needs your help. You can help at <ulink url='http://wiki."
 "skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/"
@@ -2874,39 +2906,38 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1093
+#: release-manual.xml:1655
 msgid "Translations wanted"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1094
+#: release-manual.xml:1657
 msgid ""
 "Another good way to help is by translating software and documentation. "
 "Information how to translate the documentation can be found in the <ulink "
-"url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations translation "
-"chapter'>DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations translation chapter </"
+"url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>translation chapter </"
 "ulink> of this book."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1097
+#: release-manual.xml:1663
 msgid "Join a local Debian Edu team"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1098
+#: release-manual.xml:1665
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME </emphasis>: in Norway, Germany, France, Spain "
 "(the region of Extremadura)."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1101
+#: release-manual.xml:1671
 msgid "Start a new local Debian Edu team"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1102
+#: release-manual.xml:1673
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>FIXME: </emphasis> \"isolated\" contributors and "
 "users in schools exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere. Meet "
@@ -2914,22 +2945,22 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1106
+#: release-manual.xml:1680
 msgid "Support"
 msgstr "Støtte"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1684
 msgid "Volunteer based support"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1108
+#: release-manual.xml:1688
 msgid "in english"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1109
+#: release-manual.xml:1690
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
 "discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -2937,7 +2968,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1112
+#: release-manual.xml:1694
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/"
 "debian-edu </ulink> - developer centric mailing list, more useful to report "
@@ -2945,12 +2976,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1118
+#: release-manual.xml:1703
 msgid "in norwegian"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1119
+#: release-manual.xml:1705
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
 "bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -2958,7 +2989,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1122
+#: release-manual.xml:1709
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
 "linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -2967,43 +2998,43 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1128
+#: release-manual.xml:1718
 msgid "in german"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1129
+#: release-manual.xml:1720
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
 "skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1132
+#: release-manual.xml:1724
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
 "wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1138
+#: release-manual.xml:1733
 msgid "in french"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1139
+#: release-manual.xml:1735
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
 "org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1145
+#: release-manual.xml:1744
 msgid "Professional support"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1146
+#: release-manual.xml:1746
 msgid ""
 "Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
 "url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -3011,13 +3042,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1150
+#: release-manual.xml:1753
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Copyright and authors"
 msgstr "Opphavsrett og forfattere"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1151
+#: release-manual.xml:1755
 msgid ""
 "This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
 "Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin and Ralf "
@@ -3025,7 +3056,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1152
+#: release-manual.xml:1757
 msgid ""
 "If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
 "are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -3034,27 +3065,27 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1155
+#: release-manual.xml:1763
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
 msgstr "Opphavsrett og forfattere"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1156
+#: release-manual.xml:1765
 msgid ""
 "The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
 "is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1157
+#: release-manual.xml:1767
 msgid ""
 "The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
 "and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1158
+#: release-manual.xml:1769
 msgid ""
 "The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
 "Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter and Roland F. Teichert and is released under "
@@ -3062,29 +3093,29 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1160
+#: release-manual.xml:1774
 msgid "Translations of this document"
 msgstr "Oversettelser av dette dokumentet"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1161
+#: release-manual.xml:1776
 msgid ""
 "Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
 "translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1162
+#: release-manual.xml:1780
 msgid "Howto translate this document"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1163
+#: release-manual.xml:1782
 msgid "Read this, if you want to start/help translating this document:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1164
+#: release-manual.xml:1784
 msgid ""
 "Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
 "software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -3094,7 +3125,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1167
+#: release-manual.xml:1788
 msgid ""
 "To update the translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
 "<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -3105,7 +3136,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1170
+#: release-manual.xml:1792
 msgid ""
 "You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
 "with the following command (you need to have the <computeroutput>subversion "
@@ -3113,14 +3144,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1173
+#: release-manual.xml:1796
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
 "edu-doc </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#: release-manual.xml:1801
 msgid ""
 "Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
 "$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code) and "
@@ -3129,7 +3160,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1179
+#: release-manual.xml:1804
 msgid ""
 "Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
 "find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -3137,36 +3168,36 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1181
+#: release-manual.xml:1809
 msgid "Potential problems for translations"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1182
+#: release-manual.xml:1811
 msgid ""
 "We will need to write sed-scripts (or something like that) to support "
 "different images for different translations. Laters <inlinemediaobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1187
+#: release-manual.xml:1817
 msgid "Please report any other showstoppers."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1190
+#: release-manual.xml:1823
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
 msgstr "Vedlegg A - GNU Generell Offentlig Lisens"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1192
+#: release-manual.xml:1826
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1194
+#: release-manual.xml:1832
 msgid ""
 "Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
 "org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see <ulink url='http://"
@@ -3176,7 +3207,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1836
 msgid ""
 "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
 "under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -3185,7 +3216,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1198
+#: release-manual.xml:1838
 msgid ""
 "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
 "ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -3194,7 +3225,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1199
+#: release-manual.xml:1840
 msgid ""
 "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
 "this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -3202,17 +3233,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1201
+#: release-manual.xml:1845
 msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1202
+#: release-manual.xml:1847
 msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1203
+#: release-manual.xml:1849
 msgid ""
 "Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
 "Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -3221,12 +3252,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1205
+#: release-manual.xml:1854
 msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1206
+#: release-manual.xml:1856
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>0.  </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
 "or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -3240,7 +3271,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1208
+#: release-manual.xml:1859
 msgid ""
 "Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
 "by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of running the Program "
@@ -3251,7 +3282,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1209
+#: release-manual.xml:1861
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>1.  </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
 "copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -3263,14 +3294,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1211
+#: release-manual.xml:1864
 msgid ""
 "You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
 "may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1212
+#: release-manual.xml:1866
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>2.  </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
 "of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -3279,7 +3310,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1214
+#: release-manual.xml:1869
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>a)  </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
 "carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -3287,7 +3318,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1216
+#: release-manual.xml:1872
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>b)  </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
 "distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -3296,7 +3327,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1218
+#: release-manual.xml:1875
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>c)  </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
 "reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -3311,7 +3342,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1222
+#: release-manual.xml:1880
 msgid ""
 "These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If identifiable "
 "sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -3325,7 +3356,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1223
+#: release-manual.xml:1882
 msgid ""
 "Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
 "rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -3334,7 +3365,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1224
+#: release-manual.xml:1884
 msgid ""
 "In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
 "the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -3343,7 +3374,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1225
+#: release-manual.xml:1886
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>3.  </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
 "Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -3352,7 +3383,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1227
+#: release-manual.xml:1889
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>a)  </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
 "corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -3361,7 +3392,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1229
+#: release-manual.xml:1892
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>b)  </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
 "valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -3372,7 +3403,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1231
+#: release-manual.xml:1895
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>c)  </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
 "you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code.  (This "
@@ -3382,7 +3413,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1235
+#: release-manual.xml:1900
 msgid ""
 "The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
 "modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -3396,7 +3427,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1236
+#: release-manual.xml:1902
 msgid ""
 "If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
 "copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -3406,7 +3437,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1237
+#: release-manual.xml:1904
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>4.  </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
 "sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -3418,7 +3449,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1239
+#: release-manual.xml:1907
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>5.  </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
 "License, since you have not signed it.  However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -3431,7 +3462,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1241
+#: release-manual.xml:1910
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>6.  </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
 "Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -3443,7 +3474,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1243
+#: release-manual.xml:1913
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>7.  </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
 "judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -3460,7 +3491,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1245
+#: release-manual.xml:1916
 msgid ""
 "If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
 "particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -3468,7 +3499,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1918
 msgid ""
 "It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
 "or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -3482,14 +3513,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1247
+#: release-manual.xml:1920
 msgid ""
 "This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
 "consequence of the rest of this License."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1248
+#: release-manual.xml:1922
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>8.  </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
 "the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -3501,7 +3532,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1250
+#: release-manual.xml:1925
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>9.  </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
 "publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -3510,7 +3541,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1252
+#: release-manual.xml:1928
 msgid ""
 "Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program "
 "specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -3522,7 +3553,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1253
+#: release-manual.xml:1930
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>10.  </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
 "the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -3535,7 +3566,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1257
+#: release-manual.xml:1936
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>11.  </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
 "FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -3549,7 +3580,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1259
+#: release-manual.xml:1939
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>12.  </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
 "APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -3563,27 +3594,27 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1262
+#: release-manual.xml:1945
 msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1265
+#: release-manual.xml:1951
 msgid "Live DVD - Boot from CD to test the system"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1266
+#: release-manual.xml:1955
 msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1271
+#: release-manual.xml:1963
 msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1272
+#: release-manual.xml:1965
 msgid ""
 "To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
 "UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -3595,97 +3626,97 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1286
+#: release-manual.xml:1983
 msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1288
+#: release-manual.xml:1986
 msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1290 release-manual.xml:1297
+#: release-manual.xml:1989 release-manual.xml:1999
 msgid "no"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1293
+#: release-manual.xml:1993
 msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1295
+#: release-manual.xml:1996
 msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1300
+#: release-manual.xml:2003
 msgid "German"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1302
+#: release-manual.xml:2006
 msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1304
+#: release-manual.xml:2009
 msgid "de"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1307
+#: release-manual.xml:2013
 msgid "French (France)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1309
+#: release-manual.xml:2016
 msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1311 release-manual.xml:1318 release-manual.xml:1325
+#: release-manual.xml:2019 release-manual.xml:2029 release-manual.xml:2039
 msgid "? (FIXME)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1314
+#: release-manual.xml:2023
 msgid "Greek (Greece)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1316
+#: release-manual.xml:2026
 msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1321
+#: release-manual.xml:2033
 msgid "Japanese"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1323
+#: release-manual.xml:2036
 msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1328
+#: release-manual.xml:2043
 msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1330
+#: release-manual.xml:2046
 msgid "se_NO"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1332
+#: release-manual.xml:2049
 msgid "no(smi)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1338
+#: release-manual.xml:2056
 msgid ""
 "A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
 "i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -3694,22 +3725,22 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1341
+#: release-manual.xml:2062
 msgid "Stuff to know"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1345
+#: release-manual.xml:2069
 msgid "Known issues with the image"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1349
+#: release-manual.xml:2076
 msgid "Download"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1350
+#: release-manual.xml:2078
 msgid ""
 "The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
 "cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
index 25d5667..5362799 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
@@ -1,102 +1,154 @@
-<?xml version="1.0"?><!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.4//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.4/docbookx.dtd"><article><articleinfo><title>DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.4//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.4/docbookx.dtd"><article><articleinfo>
+<title>DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne
 </title>
-</articleinfo><para><para/><section><title>Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename "Terra"
-</title><para>This is the (<emphasis>still incomplete
+</articleinfo>
+<para>
+
+<section>
+<title>Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename "Terra"
+</title>
+<para>This is the (<emphasis>still incomplete
 </emphasis>) release manual for the Debian Edu etch 3.0 release.  
-</para><para>This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc
-</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-10-31 22:32 UTC</computeroutput>.  
-</para><para>The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch
+</para>
+<para>This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc
+</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-01 10:14 UTC</computeroutput>.  
+</para>
+<para>The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch
 </ulink> is a wiki and updated frequently.  
-</para><para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Translations
+</para>
+<para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Translations
 </ulink> are part of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc
 </computeroutput> package, which can be <ulink url='http://maintainer.skolelinux.no/debian-edu-doc/'>installed on a webserver
 </ulink>. 
-</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AboutDebianEdu'>About
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AboutDebianEdu'>About
 </ulink> Debian Edu and Skolelinux 
 </para>
-</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture'>Architecture
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture'>Architecture
 </ulink> - the design principles of Debian Edu 
 </para>
-</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Features'>Features
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Features'>Features
 </ulink> - new Features in this release and old ones 
 </para>
-</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Requirements'>Requirements
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Requirements'>Requirements
 </ulink> to run Debian Edu 
 </para>
-</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Installation'>Installation
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Installation'>Installation
 </ulink> - how to install  
 </para>
-</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/GettingStarted'>Getting started
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/GettingStarted'>Getting started
 </ulink> - what needs to be done after Installation 
 </para>
-</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintainance'>Maintainance
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintainance'>Maintainance
 </ulink> - Security updates, Backups and monitoring the systems 
 </para>
-</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Upgrades'>Upgrades
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Upgrades'>Upgrades
 </ulink> from Debian Edu sarge and woody 
 </para>
-</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>HowTo
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>HowTo
 </ulink> - simple step by step Howtos: 
-</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Administration'>general administriation
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
+<para>for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Administration'>general administriation
 </ulink> 
 </para>
-</listitem><listitem><para>for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Desktop'>the desktop
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para>for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Desktop'>the desktop
 </ulink> 
 </para>
-</listitem><listitem><para>for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/NetworkClients'>networked clients
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para>for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/NetworkClients'>networked clients
 </ulink> 
 </para>
-</listitem><listitem><para>for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/TeachAndLearn'>teaching and learning
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para>for <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/TeachAndLearn'>teaching and learning
 </ulink> 
 </para>
 </listitem>
 </itemizedlist>
-</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Contribute'>Contribute
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Contribute'>Contribute
 </ulink> to Debian Edu 
 </para>
-</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Support'>Support
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Support'>Support
 </ulink> - how+where to find help 
 </para>
-</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/CopyRight'>Copyright
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/CopyRight'>Copyright
 </ulink> and Authors of this document 
 </para>
-</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Translations
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Translations
 </ulink> of this document 
 </para>
-</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AppendixA'>Appendix A
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AppendixA'>Appendix A
 </ulink> - The GNU Public Licence 
 </para>
-</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AppendixB'>Appendix B
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AppendixB'>Appendix B
 </ulink> - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs  
 </para>
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>Special pages: <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>Index page
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>Special pages: <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>Index page
 </ulink> - <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/AllInOne'>All in one page
 </ulink>  
 </para>
-</section> <para/><section><title>About Debian Edu and Skolelinux
-</title><para>Skolelinux is the Debian Edu project's <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.net/index.cgi?CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution
+</section> 
+
+<section>
+<title>About Debian Edu and Skolelinux
+</title>
+<para>Skolelinux is the Debian Edu project's <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.net/index.cgi?CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution
 </ulink> (CDD) in development. What this means is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian whose out-of-the box environment gives you a completely configured school-network  In Norway, where Skolelinux was started, the main target group is schools serving the 6-16 years age bracket. 
-</para><para>The system is in use in several countries around the world, with most installations in Norway, Germany and France. 
 </para>
-</section> <para/><section><title>Architecture
-</title><para>This section of the document describes the network architecture and services provided by a Skolelinux installation. 
-</para><para/><section><title>Network
-</title><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/network-arch_en.png'/>
+<para>The system is in use in several countries around the world, with most installations in Norway, Germany and France. 
+</para>
+</section> 
+
+<section>
+<title>Architecture
+</title>
+<para>This section of the document describes the network architecture and services provided by a Skolelinux installation. 
+</para>
+
+<section>
+<title>Network
+</title>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/network-arch_en.png'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:network-arch_en.png
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> 
-</para><para>Network architecture as dia file: <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture?action=AttachFile&do=get&target=network-arch_en.dia'>attachment:network-arch_en.dia
+</para>
+<para>Network architecture as dia file: <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture?action=AttachFile&do=get&target=network-arch_en.dia'>attachment:network-arch_en.dia
 </ulink> 
-</para><para>The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main-server, while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and thin-client-servers (with associated thin-clients). The number of workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a lot). The same goes for the thin-client servers, each of which is on a separate network so that the traffic between the thin-clients and the thin-client server doesn't affect the rest of the network services. 
-</para><para>The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and subsequently updating the DNS-configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that service to the right computer. 
-</para><para>In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet connection runs over a separate router. It is possible to set up Debian with both a modem and an ISDN connection, however no attempt is made to make such a setup work out of the box for Skolelinux (the setup needed to adjust the default situation to this should be documented separately). 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>Services
-</title><para>With the exception of the control of the thin-clients, all services are initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance reasons, the thin-client-server should be a separate machine (though it is possible to install both the main server and thin-client server profiles on the same machine). All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services from the main-server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service on the main-server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new location of the service (which should be setup on that machine first of course). 
-</para><para>To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the network are encrypted, so no passwords are send over the network as plain text. 
-</para><para>Below is a list of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux network, with the DNS name of each service given in square brackets. Where possible the DNS name correspond to the service name in <computeroutput>/etc/services
+</para>
+<para>The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main-server, while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and thin-client-servers (with associated thin-clients). The number of workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a lot). The same goes for the thin-client servers, each of which is on a separate network so that the traffic between the thin-clients and the thin-client server doesn't affect the rest of the network services. 
+</para>
+<para>The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and subsequently updating the DNS-configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that service to the right computer. 
+</para>
+<para>In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet connection runs over a separate router. It is possible to set up Debian with both a modem and an ISDN connection, however no attempt is made to make such a setup work out of the box for Skolelinux (the setup needed to adjust the default situation to this should be documented separately). 
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Services
+</title>
+<para>With the exception of the control of the thin-clients, all services are initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance reasons, the thin-client-server should be a separate machine (though it is possible to install both the main server and thin-client server profiles on the same machine). All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services from the main-server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service on the main-server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new location of the service (which should be setup on that machine first of course). 
+</para>
+<para>To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the network are encrypted, so no passwords are send over the network as plain text. 
+</para>
+<para>Below is a list of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux network, with the DNS name of each service given in square brackets. Where possible the DNS name correspond to the service name in <computeroutput>/etc/services
 </computeroutput>, where this is not possible the common name of the service is used as the DNS name. All configuration files will, if possible, refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an own DNS domain), or their IP address. 
 </para><itemizedlist><listitem>Centralized Logging [syslog] 
 </listitem><listitem>DNS (Bind) [domain] 
@@ -115,67 +167,117 @@
 </listitem><listitem>Thin Client Server/s (LTSP) [ltspserver\#] 
 </listitem><listitem>Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and History on the Web. Error Reporting by E-mail (munin and site-summary) 
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>Each user stores his personal files in his home folder which is made available by the server. Home folders are accessible from all machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine they are using. The server is operating system agnostic in offering access using NFS for Unix Clients, SMB for Windows and Macintosh clients. 
-</para><para>By default e-mail is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, though e-mail delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has a fixed Internet-connection. Mailing lists are set up based on the user database, giving each class their own mailing list. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the server (using 'smarthost'), and users can access their personal mail through either POP3 or IMAP. 
-</para><para>All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to the central user database for authentication and authorization. 
-</para><para>To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual machines. 
-</para><para>Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. Normal clients are allocated IP addresses in the private subnet 10.0.2.0/23, while thin clients are connected to the corresponding thin-client-server via the seperate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this to ensure that the network traffic of the thin clients doesn't interfere with the rest of the network services). 
-</para><para>Centralized logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts incoming messages from the local network. 
-</para><para>By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*.intern), until a real ("external") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network can use it as the main DNS Server. 
-</para><para>Pupils and teachers have the possibility to publish websites. The web server provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to individual pages and subdiretories to certain users and groups. Users will have the possibility to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be programmable on the server side. 
-</para><para>Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To achieve this a centralized directory server is set up. The directory will have information on users, user groups, machines, and groups of machines. To avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups, mailing lists, and network groups. This implies that groups of machines which have to be network groups, have the same namespace as user groups and mailing lists. 
-</para><para>Administration of services and users will by and large be via web, and follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user groups will be made possible by the administration systems. 
-</para><para>In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug problems, time needs to be synchronized on the different machines. To achieve this the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronize their clock with the server. The server itself should synchronize its clock via NTP against machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct time. 
-</para><para>Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the network, or connected to a server, workstation or thin-client-server. Access to printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they belong to, this will be achieved by using quota and access control for printers. 
-</para><para/><section><title>Thin client services
-</title><para>A thin client setup enables a ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal. This means that that machine boots from a diskette or directly from the server using network-PROM without using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup used is that of the Linux Terminal Server Project (LTSP). 
-</para><para>Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP-Server. This works as follows: The service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted via NFS from the LTSP-server, and finally X11 is started and connected to the same LTSP-server by XDMCP, thus ensuring that all programs are run on the LTSP-server. 
-</para><para>The thin client server is set up to receive syslog from the thin clients, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient. (Oops, the thin clients don't have uniqe names across LTSP servers. How can we identify which client is logged onto what on the central server?) 
-</para><para/>
-</section>
-</section><section><title>Administration
-</title><para>All the linux machines that are installed by means of a Skolelinux CD or DVD will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be possible to login to all machines by ssh, and thereby have full access to the machines 
-</para><para>We use cfengine to edit configuration files. These files are updated from the server to the clients. In order to change the client configuration, it suffices to edit the server configuration and let the automatation distribute the changes. 
-</para><para>All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts are made against this database and is used by the clients for user authentication. 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>Installation
-</title><para>Installation is possible either from a CD or DVD. 
-</para><para>The aim is to be able to install a server from CD/DVD, and install clients over the network by booting all other machines from the network. The DVD installation works without access to the Internet. 
-</para><para>The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine profile (server, workstation, thin client server). All other configuration will be set up automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a centrally location by the system administrator subsequent to the installation. 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>File system access configuration
-</title><para>Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by everyone on the internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by anyone but the user. 
-</para><para>To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>Each user stores his personal files in his home folder which is made available by the server. Home folders are accessible from all machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine they are using. The server is operating system agnostic in offering access using NFS for Unix Clients, SMB for Windows and Macintosh clients. 
+</para>
+<para>By default e-mail is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, though e-mail delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has a fixed Internet-connection. Mailing lists are set up based on the user database, giving each class their own mailing list. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the server (using 'smarthost'), and users can access their personal mail through either POP3 or IMAP. 
+</para>
+<para>All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to the central user database for authentication and authorization. 
+</para>
+<para>To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual machines. 
+</para>
+<para>Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. Normal clients are allocated IP addresses in the private subnet 10.0.2.0/23, while thin clients are connected to the corresponding thin-client-server via the seperate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this to ensure that the network traffic of the thin clients doesn't interfere with the rest of the network services). 
+</para>
+<para>Centralized logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts incoming messages from the local network. 
+</para>
+<para>By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*.intern), until a real ("external") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network can use it as the main DNS Server. 
+</para>
+<para>Pupils and teachers have the possibility to publish websites. The web server provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to individual pages and subdiretories to certain users and groups. Users will have the possibility to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be programmable on the server side. 
+</para>
+<para>Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To achieve this a centralized directory server is set up. The directory will have information on users, user groups, machines, and groups of machines. To avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups, mailing lists, and network groups. This implies that groups of machines which have to be network groups, have the same namespace as user groups and mailing lists. 
+</para>
+<para>Administration of services and users will by and large be via web, and follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user groups will be made possible by the administration systems. 
+</para>
+<para>In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug problems, time needs to be synchronized on the different machines. To achieve this the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronize their clock with the server. The server itself should synchronize its clock via NTP against machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct time. 
+</para>
+<para>Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the network, or connected to a server, workstation or thin-client-server. Access to printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they belong to, this will be achieved by using quota and access control for printers. 
+</para>
+
+<section>
+<title>Thin client services
+</title>
+<para>A thin client setup enables a ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal. This means that that machine boots from a diskette or directly from the server using network-PROM without using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup used is that of the Linux Terminal Server Project (LTSP). 
+</para>
+<para>Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP-Server. This works as follows: The service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted via NFS from the LTSP-server, and finally X11 is started and connected to the same LTSP-server by XDMCP, thus ensuring that all programs are run on the LTSP-server. 
+</para>
+<para>The thin client server is set up to receive syslog from the thin clients, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient. (Oops, the thin clients don't have uniqe names across LTSP servers. How can we identify which client is logged onto what on the central server?) 
+</para>
+</section>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Administration
+</title>
+<para>All the linux machines that are installed by means of a Skolelinux CD or DVD will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be possible to login to all machines by ssh, and thereby have full access to the machines 
+</para>
+<para>We use cfengine to edit configuration files. These files are updated from the server to the clients. In order to change the client configuration, it suffices to edit the server configuration and let the automatation distribute the changes. 
+</para>
+<para>All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts are made against this database and is used by the clients for user authentication. 
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Installation
+</title>
+<para>Installation is possible either from a CD or DVD. 
+</para>
+<para>The aim is to be able to install a server from CD/DVD, and install clients over the network by booting all other machines from the network. The DVD installation works without access to the Internet. 
+</para>
+<para>The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine profile (server, workstation, thin client server). All other configuration will be set up automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a centrally location by the system administrator subsequent to the installation. 
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>File system access configuration
+</title>
+<para>Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by everyone on the internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by anyone but the user. 
+</para>
+<para>To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/
 </computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/
 </computeroutput>, in which all the user accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed, to accomodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage. 
-</para><para>To enable shared file access control using the file groups, each user must be assigned a primary group with no other members. The name of this private group should be identical to the username. (<ulink url='http://www.redhat.com/docs/manuals/linux/RHL-9-Manual/ref-guide/s1-users-groups-private-groups.html'>More info on private groups
+</para>
+<para>To enable shared file access control using the file groups, each user must be assigned a primary group with no other members. The name of this private group should be identical to the username. (<ulink url='http://www.redhat.com/docs/manuals/linux/RHL-9-Manual/ref-guide/s1-users-groups-private-groups.html'>More info on private groups
 </ulink> is available from Redhat.) This allows for all new files created by the user to be set with full access for the file's group. Together with set-gid bit on directories and inheritance of rights, this enables controlled file sharing between the members of a file group. Therefore, the users' umask should be 00X. (If all users initially should be able to read newly created files, then X=2. If only the relevant group should be given initial read access then X=7.) 
-</para><para>The initial access settings for newly created files is a matter of policy. They may either be set to give read access to everybody, which can later be removed by explicit user action, or they may be initially blocked, necessitating user action to make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material they create will be accessible to all other users. This is detectable only upon inspection of other users' directories, where one can see that the files are readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration issues). 
-</para><para>Suggestion: The files are initially set to be readable by all, but particular directories are created in which the content is initially blocked. This will simplify deciding whether the file should be made readable or not. Concretely, umask should be set to 002, and <computeroutput>~/
+</para>
+<para>The initial access settings for newly created files is a matter of policy. They may either be set to give read access to everybody, which can later be removed by explicit user action, or they may be initially blocked, necessitating user action to make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material they create will be accessible to all other users. This is detectable only upon inspection of other users' directories, where one can see that the files are readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration issues). 
+</para>
+<para>Suggestion: The files are initially set to be readable by all, but particular directories are created in which the content is initially blocked. This will simplify deciding whether the file should be made readable or not. Concretely, umask should be set to 002, and <computeroutput>~/
 </computeroutput> created with privileges 0775, <computeroutput>~/priv/
 </computeroutput> given 0750,and <computeroutput>~/pub/
 </computeroutput> given 0775. Files that should not be readable by others should be put in <computeroutput>~/priv/
 </computeroutput>, whereas public files will be put in <computeroutput>~/pub/
 </computeroutput>. Other files will initially be accessible, but may be blocked as needed. 
-</para><para>ssh requires that the home directory can only be written to by the owner, thus the maximum access privilege for <computeroutput>~/
+</para>
+<para>ssh requires that the home directory can only be written to by the owner, thus the maximum access privilege for <computeroutput>~/
 </computeroutput> is 755. 
 </para><itemizedlist><listitem>- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories? 
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para/>
-</section><section><title>random notes
-</title><para>These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this document. 
+</itemizedlist>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>random notes
+</title>
+<para>These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this document. 
 </para><itemizedlist><listitem>Centralized user database with grouping and the ability to control which groups have access to which machines. 
 </listitem><listitem>Grouping of machines and ability to control access to network services for these groups (access blocking to Internet via squid) 
 </listitem><listitem>Should consider using a DNS name from RFC 2606. 
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para/><para> <emphasis role='strong'>This chapter was copied and pasted from <ulink url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en'>http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en
+</itemizedlist>
+<para> <emphasis role='strong'>This chapter was copied and pasted from <ulink url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en'>http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en
 </ulink> ( at that time it was Copyright © 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Petter Reinholdtsen < <ulink url='mailto:pere at hungry.com'>pere at hungry.com
 </ulink> >, released under the GPL) - note to translators: there are translations for this document already, which you can also copy and paste. But keep those copyright notes as well.
 </emphasis> 
 </para>
 </section>
-</section> <para/><section><title>Features
-</title><para/><section><title>New features in the "3.0 Terra" release 2007-07-22
+</section> 
+
+<section>
+<title>Features
+</title>
+
+<section>
+<title>New features in the "3.0 Terra" release 2007-07-22
 </title><itemizedlist><listitem>Based on Debian 4.0 Etch released 2007-04-08. 
 </listitem><listitem>Graphical installer with mouse support 
 </listitem><listitem>LSB 3.1 compatible 
@@ -184,7 +286,8 @@
 </itemizedlist>
 </listitem><listitem>X.org version 7.1. 
 </listitem><listitem>KDE desktop environment version 3.5.5  
-</listitem><listitem><para>OpenOffice.org version 2.0. 
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para>OpenOffice.org version 2.0. 
 </para>
 </listitem><listitem>Automatic tracking of installed machines using Sitesummary. 
 </listitem><listitem>Automatic configuration of munin using data from Sitesummary. 
@@ -196,35 +299,48 @@
 </listitem><listitem>New processor architectures: amd64 (fully supported) and powerpc (experimental support, installation media only boots on the newworld subarchitecture) 
 </listitem><listitem>Multi-architecture DVD for i386, amd64 and powerpc 
 </listitem><listitem>Regression: The CD-install requires Internet access during installation. Previous versions could be installed from one CD without Internet access.  
-</listitem><listitem><para>Regression: Webmin is now removed from Debian because of problems supporting it. We've added a new web based user administration tool named <computeroutput>lwat
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para>Regression: Webmin is now removed from Debian because of problems supporting it. We've added a new web based user administration tool named <computeroutput>lwat
 </computeroutput>, which doesn't has the same functionality as <computeroutput>wlus
 </computeroutput>, the old user administration tool. But <computeroutput>wlus
 </computeroutput> requires <computeroutput>webmin
 </computeroutput>.  
 </para>
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para/>
-</section><section><title>Features in 2.0 release 2006-03-14
+</itemizedlist>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Features in 2.0 release 2006-03-14
 </title><itemizedlist><listitem>Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released 2005-06-06. 
 </listitem><listitem>Linux kernel version 2.6.8. 
 </listitem><listitem>XFree86 version 4.3. 
 </listitem><listitem>KDE version 3.3. 
-</listitem><listitem><para>OpenOffice.org 1.1. 
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para>OpenOffice.org 1.1. 
 </para>
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para/>
-</section><section><title>Features in "1.0 Venus" release 2004-06-20
+</itemizedlist>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Features in "1.0 Venus" release 2004-06-20
 </title><itemizedlist><listitem>Based on Debian 3.0 Woody released 2002-07-19. 
 </listitem><listitem>Linux kernel version 2.4.26. 
 </listitem><listitem>XFree86 version 4.1. 
 </listitem><listitem>KDE version 2.2. 
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>(Information on the older releases can be found on <ulink url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html'>http://developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>(Information on the older releases can be found on <ulink url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html'>http://developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html
 </ulink> ) 
 </para>
 </section>
-</section> <para/><section><title>Requirements
-</title><para>There are different ways of set up a Skolelinux solution. It can be installed on just one standalone PC or a regional wide solution at many schools operated centrally. This variety of configurations makes a huge difference on how things are set up regarding network components, servers and client machines.  
+</section> 
+
+<section>
+<title>Requirements
+</title>
+<para>There are different ways of set up a Skolelinux solution. It can be installed on just one standalone PC or a regional wide solution at many schools operated centrally. This variety of configurations makes a huge difference on how things are set up regarding network components, servers and client machines.  
 </para><itemizedlist><listitem>one single computer or server(s) with many clients  <itemizedlist><listitem>the computers can either have i386, amd64 or powerpc processors. On powerpc, the installation media will only boot on machines of the newworld sub-architecture, which are the systems from apple with a translucent case 
 </listitem>
 </itemizedlist>
@@ -233,101 +349,155 @@
 </listitem><listitem>thinclient-servers (LTSP) need to have two network cards installed: eth0 connected to the main network (10.0.2.0/23) and eth1 (192.168.0.0/24) serving the thin-clients 
 </listitem><listitem>for thin-clients 32 MiB RAM and 133 MHz is recommended as minimum. Swap is required 
 </listitem><listitem>for workstations or standalone PCs 450 MHz, 256 MiB RAM and 8 GiB disc space are recommended minimum requirements 
-</listitem><listitem><para>for diskless workstations (also known as <ulink url='/LowFat'>LowFat
-</ulink> clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz or more is recommended minimum requirements. Swapping over the network is automatically enabled, the swap size is 32mb, if you need more you can tune this by editing /etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf on tjener to set the SIZE variable. 
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para>for diskless workstations (also known as LowFat clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz or more is recommended minimum requirements. Swapping over the network is automatically enabled, the swap size is 32mb, if you need more you can tune this by editing /etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf on tjener to set the SIZE variable. 
 </para>
 </listitem><listitem>for Laptops 256 MB RAM and 450 MHz are minimum requirements 
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>FIXME: add links to explainations of main-server and thinclient-server 
-</para><para>A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>FIXME: add links to explainations of main-server and thinclient-server 
+</para>
+<para>A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/
 </ulink> . 
-</para><para/><section><title>Network requirements
-</title><para/><section><title>Internet-Router
-</title><para>A router/gateway, connected to the internet on the external interface and running on the IP address 10.0.2.1 on the internal interface. The router must not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though this is not needed and will not be used. 
-</para><para>If you are looking for a i386 based solution, we recommend <ulink url='http://www.ipcop.org'>IPCop
+</para>
+
+<section>
+<title>Network requirements
+</title>
+
+<section>
+<title>Internet-Router
+</title>
+<para>A router/gateway, connected to the internet on the external interface and running on the IP address 10.0.2.1 on the internal interface. The router must not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though this is not needed and will not be used. 
+</para>
+<para>If you are looking for a i386 based solution, we recommend <ulink url='http://www.ipcop.org'>IPCop
 </ulink> or <ulink url='http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw'>floppyfw
 </ulink>. If you need something for an embedded router we recommend <ulink url='http://openwrt.org'>OpenWRT
 </ulink>, check here for <ulink url='http://wiki.openwrt.org/TableOfHardware'>supported hardware
 </ulink>. If you are into BSD unix, <ulink url='http://www.pfsense.org/'>pfsense
 </ulink> and <ulink url='http://m0n0.ch/wall/'>m0n0wall
 </ulink> are good choices. Though since they are BSD based, we think they are better suited for more experienced administrators. 
-</para><para>It's possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>documented procedure
+</para>
+<para>It's possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>documented procedure
 </ulink> to do this. If you are not forced to do this by an existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend you stay with the default <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture'>network architecture
 </ulink>. 
 </para>
 </section>
 </section>
-</section> <para/><section><title>Installation
-</title><para/><section><title>Where to find more information
-</title><para>We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>release notes for Debian etch
-</ulink> before you start installing a system for production use. If you just want to give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, you don't have to though, it should just work <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/rightsidebar/img/smile.png' depth='15'/>
+</section> 
+
+<section>
+<title>Installation
+</title>
+
+<section>
+<title>Where to find more information
+</title>
+<para>We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>release notes for Debian etch
+</ulink> before you start installing a system for production use. If you just want to give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, you don't have to though, it should just work <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/smile.png' depth='15'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>:-)
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> 
-</para><para>Even more <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release
+</para>
+<para>Even more <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release
 </ulink> is available in its installation manual. 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>Download an installation media for Debian Edu etch 3.0r0
-</title><para/><section><title>DVDs for i386, amd64 and powerpc
-</title><para>The multiarch dvd ISO image is 4.4 GiB large. To download it, use either of these methods:  
-</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Download an installation media for Debian Edu etch 3.0r0
+</title>
+
+<section>
+<title>DVDs for i386, amd64 and powerpc
+</title>
+<para>The multiarch dvd ISO image is 4.4 GiB large. To download it, use either of these methods:  
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
+<para><computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso
 </computeroutput> 
-</para><para><computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso
+</para>
+<para><computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso
 </computeroutput> 
-</para><para><computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso
+</para>
+<para><computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso
 </computeroutput> 
 </para>
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>or for the netinstall cd you can download for i386 
-</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-netinst-3.0r0.iso
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>or for the netinstall cd you can download for i386 
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
+<para><computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-netinst-3.0r0.iso
 </computeroutput> 
-</para><para><computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-netinst-3.0r0.iso
+</para>
+<para><computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-netinst-3.0r0.iso
 </computeroutput> 
-</para><para><computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-netinst-3.0r0.iso
+</para>
+<para><computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-netinst-3.0r0.iso
 </computeroutput> 
 </para>
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>amd64 
-</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>amd64 
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
+<para><computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso
 </computeroutput> 
-</para><para><computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso
+</para>
+<para><computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso
 </computeroutput> 
-</para><para><computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso
+</para>
+<para><computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso
 </computeroutput> 
 </para>
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>and powerpc (suited for the newworld sub-architecture) 
-</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>and powerpc (suited for the newworld sub-architecture) 
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
+<para><computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso
 </computeroutput> 
-</para><para><computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso
+</para>
+<para><computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso
 </computeroutput> 
-</para><para><computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso
+</para>
+<para><computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso
 </computeroutput> 
 </para>
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>The  powerpc port has not been tested as much as the other architectures, though it should work just fine and has been reported to work. Still, we consider the port an experimental release of Debian Edu, which we might not be able to support as the other archs. 
-</para><para>The source code for this release is available on a DVD image 
-</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-source-DVD-3.0r0.iso
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>The  powerpc port has not been tested as much as the other architectures, though it should work just fine and has been reported to work. Still, we consider the port an experimental release of Debian Edu, which we might not be able to support as the other archs. 
+</para>
+<para>The source code for this release is available on a DVD image 
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
+<para><computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-source-DVD-3.0r0.iso
 </computeroutput> 
-</para><para><computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-source-DVD-3.0r0.iso
+</para>
+<para><computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-source-DVD-3.0r0.iso
 </computeroutput> 
-</para><para><computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-source-DVD-3.0r0.iso
+</para>
+<para><computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-source-DVD-3.0r0.iso
 </computeroutput> 
 </para>
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para/>
+</itemizedlist>
+</section>
 </section>
-</section><section><title>Request a CD/DVD by mail
-</title><para>For those without a fast internet connection, we offer to send you a CD or DVD for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink url='mailto:cd at skolelinux.no'>cd at skolelinux.no
-</ulink> and we will discuss the payment details <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/rightsidebar/img/smile.png' depth='15'/>
+
+<section>
+<title>Request a CD/DVD by mail
+</title>
+<para>For those without a fast internet connection, we offer to send you a CD or DVD for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink url='mailto:cd at skolelinux.no'>cd at skolelinux.no
+</ulink> and we will discuss the payment details <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/smile.png' depth='15'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>:)
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD to be sent to in the email. 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>Installation from CD
-</title><para>The netinst installation will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net.  The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile: 
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Installation from CD
+</title>
+<para>The netinst installation will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net.  The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile: 
 </para><itemizedlist><listitem>Main server: 8 of 115 MiB downloaded. 
 </listitem><listitem>Main server and Thin client server: 618 of 1082 MiB downloaded. 
 </listitem><listitem>Main server and Workstation: 618 of 1081 MiB downloaded. 
@@ -336,18 +506,25 @@
 </listitem><listitem>Standalone: 618 of 1020 MiB downloaded. 
 </listitem><listitem>Barebone: 12 of 83 MiB downloaded. 
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para/>
-</section><section><title>Installation options
-</title><para>When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But don't be afraid, there aren't many. We have done a good job hiding the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. Though, Debian Edu is Debian, if you want there are more than 15000 packages to choose from and a billion of configuration options. But for the majority of our users, our defaults should be fine. 
-</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Normal graphical installation is the default on i386 and amd64. The powerpc installer does not support graphical installation. Enter <computeroutput>install
+</itemizedlist>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Installation options
+</title>
+<para>When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But don't be afraid, there aren't many. We have done a good job hiding the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. Though, Debian Edu is Debian, if you want there are more than 15000 packages to choose from and a billion of configuration options. But for the majority of our users, our defaults should be fine. 
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
+<para>Normal graphical installation is the default on i386 and amd64. The powerpc installer does not support graphical installation. Enter <computeroutput>install
 </computeroutput> at the boot prompt to do a text-mode install. 
 </para>
-</listitem><listitem><para>The <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert boot
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para>The <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert boot
 </computeroutput> option adds the barebone profile to the profile options, and switches to manual partitioning. Enter <computeroutput>installgui debian-edu-expert
 </computeroutput> or <computeroutput>install debian-edu-expert
 </computeroutput> at the syslinux/yaboot prompt to enter expert mode. 
 </para>
-</listitem><listitem><para>If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multiarch DVD it would be <computeroutput>amd64-install
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para>If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multiarch DVD it would be <computeroutput>amd64-install
 </computeroutput>. Likewise you can choose <computeroutput>amd64-expertgui
 </computeroutput> to get the GUI version on amd64.  
 </para>
@@ -373,8 +550,9 @@
 </itemizedlist>The first 3 profiles can all be installed on the same machine. That means the main server can also be a thin client server and can be used as a workstation. 
 </listitem><listitem>say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives! 
 </listitem><listitem>say yes to partman 
-</listitem><listitem><para>please say yes to submit information to <ulink url='http://popcon.skolelinux.org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/
-</ulink> - though you dont have to <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/rightsidebar/img/smile.png' depth='15'/>
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para>please say yes to submit information to <ulink url='http://popcon.skolelinux.org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/
+</ulink> - though you dont have to <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/smile.png' depth='15'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>:)
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
@@ -383,236 +561,339 @@
 </listitem><listitem>wait 
 </listitem><listitem>be happy 
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>FIXME: this section needs a link to the half-thick client (aka diskless workstation aka lowfat clients) installation howto. 
-</para><para/><section><title>A note on manual partitioning
-</title><para>If you decide to do manual partitioning for the main-server, you need to make sure that the directory /skole/tjener/home0 exists, probably by mounting a partition there. If you don't create that directory you will only be able to login as root.  The reason is that the user creation system require this directory to exist to be able to create users home directories, and without a users home directory the user can not log in. 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>A note on notebooks
-</title><para>In principal it makes sense to either install notebooks with the workstation or with the standalone profile. But keep in mind, that the workstation profile uses LDAP for the user accounts and NFS for the home directories, so those workstations will only work while in the network where they can access the server. If you plan to use your laptop at home or on the road, choose the standalone profile. 
-</para><para>It is possible to reconfigure workstations to cache authentication information and sync the home directories to local disk (and resync to the server when in the network) with <computeroutput>unison
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>FIXME: this section needs a link to the half-thick client (aka diskless workstation aka lowfat clients) installation howto. 
+</para>
+
+<section>
+<title>A note on manual partitioning
+</title>
+<para>If you decide to do manual partitioning for the main-server, you need to make sure that the directory /skole/tjener/home0 exists, probably by mounting a partition there. If you don't create that directory you will only be able to login as root.  The reason is that the user creation system require this directory to exist to be able to create users home directories, and without a users home directory the user can not log in. 
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>A note on notebooks
+</title>
+<para>In principal it makes sense to either install notebooks with the workstation or with the standalone profile. But keep in mind, that the workstation profile uses LDAP for the user accounts and NFS for the home directories, so those workstations will only work while in the network where they can access the server. If you plan to use your laptop at home or on the road, choose the standalone profile. 
+</para>
+<para>It is possible to reconfigure workstations to cache authentication information and sync the home directories to local disk (and resync to the server when in the network) with <computeroutput>unison
 </computeroutput>, but there is currently no howto available for this. 
-</para><para/>
+</para>
+</section>
 </section>
-</section><section><title>Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation
-</title><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-bootopt.png'/>
+
+<section>
+<title>Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation
+</title>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-bootopt.png'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> 
-</para><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-lang-en.png'/>
+</para>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-lang-en.png'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang-en.png
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> 
-</para><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-region-en.png'/>
+</para>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-region-en.png'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region-en.png
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> 
-</para><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-keyboard-en.png'/>
+</para>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-keyboard-en.png'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard-en.png
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> 
-</para><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs-en.png'/>
+</para>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs-en.png'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs-en.png
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> 
-</para><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-autopartition-en.png'/>
+</para>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-autopartition-en.png'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition-en.png
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> 
-</para><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-popcon-en.png'/>
+</para>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-popcon-en.png'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon-en.png
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> 
-</para><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-timezone-en.png'/>
+</para>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-timezone-en.png'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone-en.png
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> 
-</para><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-rootpw-en.png'/>
+</para>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-rootpw-en.png'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw-en.png
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> 
-</para><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-baseinstall-en.png'/>
+</para>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-baseinstall-en.png'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall-en.png
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> 
-</para><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs-en.png'/>
+</para>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs-en.png'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs-en.png
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> 
-</para><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-finished-en.png'/>
+</para>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-finished-en.png'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished-en.png
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> 
-</para><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-grub.png'/>
+</para>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-grub.png'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> 
-</para><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-usplash.png'/>
+</para>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-usplash.png'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> 
-</para><para>The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this screen shot. 
-</para><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-kdm-small-en.png'/>
+</para>
+<para>The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this screen shot. 
+</para>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/debian-edu-kdm-small-en.png'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small-en.png
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> 
 </para>
 </section>
-</section> <para/><section><title>Getting started
-</title><para>This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation to get started.  The minimum you need to do is: 
+</section> 
+
+<section>
+<title>Getting started
+</title>
+<para>This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation to get started.  The minimum you need to do is: 
 </para><itemizedlist><listitem>adding workstations to host netgroups (for exporting home-directories via NFS) 
 </listitem><listitem>adding users  
 </listitem><listitem>it's advised to add the workstations to the dhcpd-config - LTSP-servers must be added. 
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>This is described below. 
-</para><para>The <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>HowTo
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>This is described below. 
+</para>
+<para>The <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo'>HowTo
 </ulink> chapter describes more tips and tricks and frequently asked questions, while this chapter describes the stuff everybody needs to do. 
-</para><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/getting_started.png'/>
+</para>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/getting_started.png'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:getting_started.png
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> 
-</para><para/><section><title>Services running on the main server
-</title><para>There are several services running on the main server which can be managed via a web management interface.  We'll describe each service here. 
-</para><para/><section><title>Using lwat web based management
-</title><para>Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main groups (add, modify, delete): 
+</para>
+
+<section>
+<title>Services running on the main server
+</title>
+<para>There are several services running on the main server which can be managed via a web management interface.  We'll describe each service here. 
+</para>
+
+<section>
+<title>Using lwat web based management
+</title>
+<para>Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main groups (add, modify, delete): 
 </para><itemizedlist><listitem>User Administration 
 </listitem><listitem>Group Administration 
 </listitem><listitem>Automount informations 
 </listitem><listitem>Machine Administration 
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/lwat'>https://www/lwat
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/lwat'>https://www/lwat
 </ulink>. There you will see the page below with the menu fixed to the left part and the varying main part on the right. First you'll see a login screen where you can login with your admin account. If you visit this site the first time after installation, the loginname there is: 
 </para><screen><![CDATA[admin]]>
-</screen><para>and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the root account. 
-</para><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/lwat-login-en.png'/>
+</screen>
+<para>and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the root account. 
+</para>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/lwat-login-en.png'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:lwat-login-en.png
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> 
-</para><para>After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the menu. 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>User Management with lwat
-</title><para>In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the workstations and thinclient server in the network. This way the information about students, pupils, teachers, ... only need to be entered once and are then available on all systems of the network. 
-</para><para>To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users data entered to the LDAP directory. 
-</para><para>You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu entries for this are the four topmost entries (in the two topmost groups). 
-</para><para>Here only the basic operations are shown, for details please refer to the online manual of lwat. 
-</para><para/><section><title>Adding users
-</title><para>To add users you only have to choose "Add" in the "Users" section of the menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the data of the user you want to add. The most important thing to add is the full name of your user (point one in the image). As you enter you will see, that lwat will generate a username automatically based on the realname. If you don't like the generated username you can change it later. Second you need to choose the role of your account, which is used by lwat to determine the privileges the user has for systemadministration. Currently lwat knows the following roles: 
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='2'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><tbody><row><entry><para> <emphasis role='strong'>role
+</para>
+<para>After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the menu. 
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>User Management with lwat
+</title>
+<para>In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the workstations and thinclient server in the network. This way the information about students, pupils, teachers, ... only need to be entered once and are then available on all systems of the network. 
+</para>
+<para>To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users data entered to the LDAP directory. 
+</para>
+<para>You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu entries for this are the four topmost entries (in the two topmost groups). 
+</para>
+<para>Here only the basic operations are shown, for details please refer to the online manual of lwat. 
+</para>
+
+<section>
+<title>Adding users
+</title>
+<para>To add users you only have to choose "Add" in the "Users" section of the menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the data of the user you want to add. The most important thing to add is the full name of your user (point one in the image). As you enter you will see, that lwat will generate a username automatically based on the realname. If you don't like the generated username you can change it later. Second you need to choose the role of your account, which is used by lwat to determine the privileges the user has for systemadministration. Currently lwat knows the following roles: 
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='2'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><tbody><row><entry>
+<para> <emphasis role='strong'>role
 </emphasis> 
 </para>
-</entry><entry><para> <emphasis role='strong'>granted privileges
+</entry><entry>
+<para> <emphasis role='strong'>granted privileges
 </emphasis> 
 </para>
 </entry>
-</row><row><entry><para> Students 
+</row><row><entry>
+<para> Students 
 </para>
-</entry><entry><para> Login and use the system 
+</entry><entry>
+<para> Login and use the system 
 </para>
 </entry>
-</row><row><entry><para> Teachers 
+</row><row><entry>
+<para> Teachers 
 </para>
-</entry><entry><para> Same as Students 
+</entry><entry>
+<para> Same as Students 
 </para>
 </entry>
-</row><row><entry><para> jrAdmins 
+</row><row><entry>
+<para> jrAdmins 
 </para>
-</entry><entry><para> Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones of Admins) 
+</entry><entry>
+<para> Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones of Admins) 
 </para>
 </entry>
-</row><row><entry><para> Admins 
+</row><row><entry>
+<para> Admins 
 </para>
-</entry><entry><para> Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain 
+</entry><entry>
+<para> Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain 
 </para>
 </entry>
 </row>
 </tbody>
 </tgroup>
-</table><para>After choosing a suitable role you can hit the "Save" button and the user is added. 
-</para><para>You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but you can set a own password by modifying the user added. 
-</para><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/lwat-adduser-en.png'/>
+</table>
+<para>After choosing a suitable role you can hit the "Save" button and the user is added. 
+</para>
+<para>You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but you can set a own password by modifying the user added. 
+</para>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/lwat-adduser-en.png'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser-en.png
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> 
-</para><para>If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset): 
-</para><para>
+</para>
+<para>If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset): 
+</para>
+<para>
 </para><screen><![CDATA[Added user: Demo User
 username: demuse
 password: somethingsecret
 ]]>
-</screen><para/>
-</section><section><title>Search and delete Users
-</title><para>To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can enter either the realname or the username of the user. The results will show up below the form (marked as resultarea in the image). On the left of every result line there is a checkbox you can use to delete or disable on or more user with the two buttons below. If you want to modify a user, just click on it, all result lines are links to the modify page. 
-</para><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/lwat-searchuser-en.png'/>
+</screen>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Search and delete Users
+</title>
+<para>To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can enter either the realname or the username of the user. The results will show up below the form (marked as resultarea in the image). On the left of every result line there is a checkbox you can use to delete or disable on or more user with the two buttons below. If you want to modify a user, just click on it, all result lines are links to the modify page. 
+</para>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/lwat-searchuser-en.png'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser-en.png
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> 
-</para><para>A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user belongs to. 
-</para><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/lwat-edituser-en.png'/>
+</para>
+<para>A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user belongs to. 
+</para>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/lwat-edituser-en.png'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser-en.png
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> 
-</para><para/>
-</section>
-</section><section><title>Group Management with lwat
-</title><para>The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups you can also delete or disable all users of the groups found. From the modification page you can access all the users of that group. 
-</para><para>The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so you can use them for file permissions too. 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>Machine Management with lwat
-</title><para>With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using lwat has a Hostname, an IP-address, an MAC-address and a domain name which usually is "intern". For a more verbose description about the Debian Edu architecture see the <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture'>architecture
-</ulink> section of this manual. 
-</para><para>If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured address space. The following ip ranges are predefined: 
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='3'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><colspec colname='xxx3'/><tbody><row><entry><para><emphasis role='strong'>First address
+</para>
+</section>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Group Management with lwat
+</title>
+<para>The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups you can also delete or disable all users of the groups found. From the modification page you can access all the users of that group. 
+</para>
+<para>The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so you can use them for file permissions too. 
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Machine Management with lwat
+</title>
+<para>With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using lwat has a Hostname, an IP-address, an MAC-address and a domain name which usually is "intern". For a more verbose description about the Debian Edu architecture see the <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture'>architecture
+</ulink> chapter of this manual. 
+</para>
+<para>If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured address space. The following ip ranges are predefined: 
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='3'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><colspec colname='xxx3'/><tbody><row><entry>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>First address
 </emphasis>
 </para>
-</entry><entry><para><emphasis role='strong'>Last address
+</entry><entry>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>Last address
 </emphasis>
 </para>
-</entry><entry><para><emphasis role='strong'>hostname
+</entry><entry>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>hostname
 </emphasis>
 </para>
 </entry>
-</row><row><entry><para>10.0.2.10
+</row><row><entry>
+<para>10.0.2.10
 </para>
-</entry><entry><para>10.0.2.29
+</entry><entry>
+<para>10.0.2.29
 </para>
-</entry><entry><para>ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx
+</entry><entry>
+<para>ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx
 </emphasis>
 </emphasis>
 </para>
 </entry>
-</row><row><entry><para>10.0.2.30
+</row><row><entry>
+<para>10.0.2.30
 </para>
-</entry><entry><para>10.0.2.49
+</entry><entry>
+<para>10.0.2.49
 </para>
-</entry><entry><para>printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx
+</entry><entry>
+<para>printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx
 </emphasis>
 </emphasis>
 </para>
 </entry>
-</row><row><entry><para>10.0.2.50
+</row><row><entry>
+<para>10.0.2.50
 </para>
-</entry><entry><para>10.0.2.99
+</entry><entry>
+<para>10.0.2.99
 </para>
-</entry><entry><para>static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx
+</entry><entry>
+<para>static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx
 </emphasis>
 </emphasis>
 </para>
@@ -620,117 +901,194 @@ password: somethingsecret
 </row>
 </tbody>
 </tgroup>
-</table><para>The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically. 
-</para><para>To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the remaining fields will be filled automatically according to the predefined configuration. 
-</para><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/lwat-addmachine.png'/>
+</table>
+<para>The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically. 
+</para>
+<para>To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the remaining fields will be filled automatically according to the predefined configuration. 
+</para>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/lwat-addmachine.png'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> 
-</para><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/rightsidebar/img/alert.png' depth='15'/>
+</para>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject>  This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server by hand as shown directly below. 
-</para><para/><section><title>Assign static ip addresses with dhcp
-</title><para>To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf
+</para>
+
+<section>
+<title>Assign static ip addresses with dhcp
+</title>
+<para>To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf
 </computeroutput> and run <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/dhcp3-server restart
 </computeroutput> as root. 
-</para><para>For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host <emphasis>static00
+</para>
+<para>For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host <emphasis>static00
 </emphasis>. You should find something exactly like this: 
-</para><para>
+</para>
+<para>
 </para><screen><![CDATA[host static00 {
   hardware ethernet 00:00:00:00:00:00;
   fixed-address static00;
 }
 ]]>
-</screen><para>You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your static host. For our example host it will look like this: 
-</para><para>
+</screen>
+<para>You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your static host. For our example host it will look like this: 
+</para>
+<para>
 </para><screen><![CDATA[host static00 {
   hardware ethernet 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6;
   fixed-address static00;
 }
 ]]>
-</screen><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/rightsidebar/img/alert.png' depth='15'/>
+</screen>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above whenever you have changed the configuration. 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>More lwat documentation
-</title><para>The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/lwat/
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>More lwat documentation
+</title>
+<para>The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/lwat/
 </computeroutput> on the main server. 
-</para><para/>
+</para>
 </section>
-</section><section><title>Printer Managment
-</title><para>For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www:631'>https://www:631
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Printer Managment
+</title>
+<para>For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www:631'>https://www:631
 </ulink> This is the normal cups management site where you can add/delete/modfiy your printers and can clean up the printing queue.  For changes where you have to login as root with your root password, you will be forced to use ssl encryption.  
-</para><para>If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run <computeroutput>printconf
+</para>
+<para>If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run <computeroutput>printconf
 </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to do when this does not accomplish anything. 
 </para>
 </section>
 </section>
-</section> <para/><section><title>Maintainance
-</title><para/><section><title>Updating the software
-</title><para>This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade
+</section> 
+
+<section>
+<title>Maintainance
+</title>
+
+<section>
+<title>Updating the software
+</title>
+<para>This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade
 </computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier. 
-</para><para>Using <computeroutput>aptitude
+</para>
+<para>Using <computeroutput>aptitude
 </computeroutput> is really simply. To update a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: <computeroutput>aptitude update
 </computeroutput> (updates the lists of available packages) and <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade
 </computeroutput> (upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available). 
-</para><para>Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot. 
-</para><para>It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt
+</para>
+<para>Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot. 
+</para>
+<para>It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt
 </computeroutput> and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges
 </computeroutput> and configure them to send mail to an address you are reading.  
-</para><para><computeroutput>cron-apt
+</para>
+<para><computeroutput>cron-apt
 </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but downloads them (usually in the night), so you don't have to wait for the download, when you do <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade
 </computeroutput>. 
-</para><para><computeroutput>apt-listchanges
+</para>
+<para><computeroutput>apt-listchanges
 </computeroutput> can send new changelog entries to you. 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>Backup Management
-</title><para>For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Backup Management
+</title>
+<para>For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php
 </ulink>. Please note that you have to access this site via ssl, since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this site without using ssl it will fail. 
-</para><para>Per default the tjener will backup /skole/tjener/home0, /etc/ and the ldap to /skole/backup which is in the lvm. If you only want to have things twice (if you delete something) this setup should be fine for you.  
-</para><para>If you want to backup your data to an external server you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit.  
-</para><para>FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this further 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>Server Monitoring
-</title><para/><section><title>Munin
-</title><para/>
-</section><section><title>Nagios
-</title><para/>
-</section><section><title>Sitesummary
-</title><para>Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary
+</para>
+<para>Per default the tjener will backup /skole/tjener/home0, /etc/ and the ldap to /skole/backup which is in the lvm. If you only want to have things twice (if you delete something) this setup should be fine for you.  
+</para>
+<para>If you want to backup your data to an external server you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit.  
+</para>
+<para>FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this further 
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Server Monitoring
+</title>
+
+<section>
+<title>Munin
+</title>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Nagios
+</title>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Sitesummary
+</title>
+<para>Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary
 </ulink> 
-</para><para>give pointers to munin, sitesummary and nagios doc  
+</para>
+<para>give pointers to munin, sitesummary and nagios doc  
 </para>
 </section>
 </section>
-</section> <para/><section><title>Upgrades
-</title><para>Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by applicable law.
+</section> 
+
+<section>
+<title>Upgrades
+</title>
+<para>Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by applicable law.
 </emphasis> 
-</para><para>More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release
+</para>
+<para>More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release
 </ulink> is available in its installation manual. 
-</para><para>If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same way as your production server. There you can test the upgrade without risk and see if everything works as it should. 
-</para><para>Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document them here. Debian Edu sarge will receive continued support for some time in the future, but when Debian <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan'>ceases support for sarge
+</para>
+<para>If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same way as your production server. There you can test the upgrade without risk and see if everything works as it should. 
+</para>
+<para>Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document them here. Debian Edu sarge will receive continued support for some time in the future, but when Debian <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan'>ceases support for sarge
 </ulink>, Debian Edu will (have to) do that too. This is expected to happen in April 2008. 
-</para><para/><section><title>Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge
-</title><para>Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems. 
-</para><para>In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>releasenotes for Debian etch
+</para>
+
+<section>
+<title>Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge
+</title>
+<para>Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems. 
+</para>
+<para>In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>releasenotes for Debian etch
 </ulink>. (Debian Edu/Skolelinux "2.0 Terra" installed a 2.6 kernel as default, but if you are running a 2.4 kernel, you <emphasis>should
 </emphasis> read the  <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/i386/release-notes/ch-information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6'>notes on upgrading from kernel 2.4 to 2.6
 </ulink> before you upgrade!) 
-</para><para/><section><title>Partioning scheme changed
-</title><para>The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume Groups: 
+</para>
+
+<section>
+<title>Partioning scheme changed
+</title>
+<para>The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume Groups: 
 </para><itemizedlist><listitem>vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ... 
 </listitem><listitem>vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid 
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes of the Installer.  
-</para><para>The main problem is here that the System Volumegroup is quit small since the data in this Partitions is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on an 8GB large Virtual Pc, the upgrade failed since it was not possible to free more space on the vg_sytem.  Please note that you should have about 1,5GB free space on /var and about 600MB free space on /usr.  If this is not fullfilled the upgrade will fail because of too less space on the device.  
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>Prepare the System
-</title><para>If you have enough space in the vg_system Volumegroup but not in the lv_var- Partition you have to resize this partition: 
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes of the Installer.  
+</para>
+<para>The main problem is here that the System Volumegroup is quit small since the data in this Partitions is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on an 8GB large Virtual Pc, the upgrade failed since it was not possible to free more space on the vg_sytem.  Please note that you should have about 1,5GB free space on /var and about 600MB free space on /usr.  If this is not fullfilled the upgrade will fail because of too less space on the device.  
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Prepare the System
+</title>
+<para>If you have enough space in the vg_system Volumegroup but not in the lv_var- Partition you have to resize this partition: 
 </para><itemizedlist><listitem>1.) Umount the partition (don't forget that you'll have to umount for this /var/spool/squid, too): <itemizedlist><listitem><screen><![CDATA[/etc/init.d/squid stop 
 umount /var/spool/squid
 umount -fl /var ]]>
@@ -752,602 +1110,972 @@ mount /var/spool/squid
 </listitem>
 </itemizedlist>
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>Now start the upgrade with: 
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>Now start the upgrade with: 
 </para><itemizedlist><listitem><screen><![CDATA[aptitude update 
 aptitude dist-upgrade ]]>
 </screen>
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>after you have modified your sources.list: 
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>after you have modified your sources.list: 
 </para><itemizedlist><listitem><screen><![CDATA[deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free 
 deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]>
 </screen>
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para/>
-</section><section><title>Answers to Debconf Questions raising during upgrade
-</title><para>Okay we'll give yo here some hints, what you should answer when some debconf Questions comes up. But please note. This upgrade <ulink url='/HowTo'>HowTo
-</ulink> is based on a very plain fresh installation of an mainserver + terminalserver. So which questions raises up in addition to that depends on what is additionally installed on your system (which isn't included per default in the sarge based <ulink url='/DebianEdu'>DebianEdu
-</ulink> Release).  So if there are any questions where you don't know what to answer, don't hesitate to ask us at the Mailinglist (<ulink url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org
+</itemizedlist>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Answers to Debconf Questions raising during upgrade
+</title>
+<para>Okay we'll give yo here some hints, what you should answer when some debconf Questions comes up. But please note. This upgrade HowTo is based on a very plain fresh installation of an mainserver + terminalserver. So which questions raises up in addition to that depends on what is additionally installed on your system (which isn't included per default in the sarge based Debian Edu Release).  So if there are any questions where you don't know what to answer, don't hesitate to ask us at the Mailinglist (<ulink url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org
 </ulink>) or at IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu. 
-</para><para>* Configure nagios-common. 
-</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Here you have to enter an passwort for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin
+</para>
+<para>* Configure nagios-common. 
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
+<para>Here you have to enter an passwort for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin
 </emphasis> user. 
 </para>
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>* Configure console-data 
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>* Configure console-data 
 </para><itemizedlist><listitem>Choose here "Don't change keyboard layout" 
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>* Configure openssh-server 
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>* Configure openssh-server 
 </para><itemizedlist><listitem>Don't deaktivate here the challenge-response Auth.  
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>* Configure systat 
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>* Configure systat 
 </para><itemizedlist><listitem>Choose the default (yes) here. 
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>* Configure popularity-contest 
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>* Configure popularity-contest 
 </para><itemizedlist><listitem>You should choose yes here, this would help us to improve debian-edu. (We'll get an weekly report which programs are how often used). Of course anonymously. 
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>* Configure libnss-ldap 
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem><para>Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>* Configure libnss-ldap 
+</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>
+<para>Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/
 </emphasis> 
 </para>
-</listitem><listitem><para>Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para>Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no
 </emphasis> 
 </para>
 </listitem><listitem>Use ldapversion 3 here 
 </listitem><listitem>Which Account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME 
 </listitem><listitem>Which password should root use here FIXME 
 </listitem>
-</orderedlist><para>* Upgrade glibc now. Answer Yes here. 
-</para><para>* Restart Services. Answer Yes here. 
-</para><para>Okay. This should be all if you have no additional packages installed. Now the upgrade process start to replace the packages. 
-</para><para>Please note here: The Installer will ask several times if you want to keep your old modified Version of an Configfile or if you want to get the latest. The default is to keep your modified one. Please chooose always: Install the latest one. 
-</para><para>The upgrade will fail with this error message:  
+</orderedlist>
+<para>* Upgrade glibc now. Answer Yes here. 
+</para>
+<para>* Restart Services. Answer Yes here. 
+</para>
+<para>Okay. This should be all if you have no additional packages installed. Now the upgrade process start to replace the packages. 
+</para>
+<para>Please note here: The Installer will ask several times if you want to keep your old modified Version of an Configfile or if you want to get the latest. The default is to keep your modified one. Please chooose always: Install the latest one. 
+</para>
+<para>The upgrade will fail with this error message:  
 </para><screen><![CDATA[Errors were encountered while processing: 
  mozilla-firefox-locale-it
  mozilla-firefox-locale-el
 E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)
 ]]>
-</screen><para>To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm
+</screen>
+<para>To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm
 </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/mozilla-firefox-local-el.postrm
 </emphasis> and comment out in both the line containing: <emphasis>update-mozilla-firefox-chrome
 </emphasis>. Then restart the upgrade process with:  
 </para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get -f install]]>
-</screen><para>Now the upgrade work again: 
-</para><para>* Several Modified configuration files (nagios) 
+</screen>
+<para>Now the upgrade work again: 
+</para>
+<para>* Several Modified configuration files (nagios) 
 </para><itemizedlist><listitem>You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter 
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>Then the installation failed another time: 
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>Then the installation failed another time: 
 </para><screen><![CDATA[Errors were encountered while processing: 
  slapd
 E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)
 ]]>
-</screen><para>In order to fix this rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb
+</screen>
+<para>In order to fix this rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb
 </emphasis>  and since ldap now runs not as root butas user <emphasis>openldap
 </emphasis> the permissions of the configuration files have to be changed: 
-</para><para/><screen><![CDATA[chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ 
+</para><screen><![CDATA[chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ 
 apt-get -f install]]>
-</screen><para>Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without
+</screen>
+<para>Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without
 </emphasis> an error.  Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart the dist-upgrade process again with: 
 </para><screen><![CDATA[aptitude dist-upgrade]]>
-</screen><para>The next error raising up is this one: 
+</screen>
+<para>The next error raising up is this one: 
 </para><screen><![CDATA[Errors were encountered while processing: 
  /var/cache/apt/archives/courier-authlib-ldap_0.58-4_i386.deb
 E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]>
-</screen><para>Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap
+</screen>
+<para>Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap
 </emphasis> with  
 </para><screen><![CDATA[aptitude remove courier-ldap]]>
-</screen><para> and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again. 
-</para><para>If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should now finish without raising more errors. The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files. 
+</screen>
+<para> and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again. 
+</para>
+<para>If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should now finish without raising more errors. The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files. 
 </para><screen><![CDATA[chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]>
-</screen><para/>
+</screen>
+</section>
 </section>
-</section><section><title>Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations
-</title><para>Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0
+
+<section>
+<title>Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations
+</title>
+<para>Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0
 </ulink>. Then upgrade to Terrra (etch-based Release). 
 </para>
 </section>
-</section> <para/><section><title>Howtos for general administration
-</title><para>The <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/GettingStarted'>Getting Started
+</section> 
+
+<section>
+<title>Howtos for general administration
+</title>
+<para>The <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/GettingStarted'>Getting Started
 </ulink> and <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintainance'>Maintainance
 </ulink> chapters describe how to get started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintainance work. The howtos in this chapter are already "advanced" tipps and tricks. 
-</para><para/><section><title>Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server
+</para>
+
+<section>
+<title>Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server
 </title><itemizedlist><listitem>barebone install using debian-edu-expert 
 </listitem><listitem>install the packages for the service 
 </listitem><listitem>configure the service 
 </listitem><listitem>disable the service on main-server 
 </listitem><listitem>update dns on main-server 
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para/>
-</section><section><title>/etc/ in svk
-</title><para>FIXME. see below for a link to a howto 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>printer managing
-</title><para>To manage printers you can use cups' webinterface. Point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://tjener:631'>https://tjener:631
-</ulink>. You will need to enter root username and password, or some admin username/password with correct permissions to make changes. 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>Firewall setup (coyote linux)
-</title><para>FIXME 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>Resize Partitions
-</title><para>Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes.  Only the /boot/ partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible to extend partitions while they are mounted.  This is a feature of the Linux kernel since version 2.6.10.  Shrinking partitions still need to happen while the partition is unmounted. 
-</para><para>It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should arise, and file system check take a very long  time for large partitions.  A good limit can be 20 GiB.  It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one very large one. 
-</para><para>To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize
+</itemizedlist>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system
+</title>
+<para>With the introduction of the debian-edu-etc-svk script in Debian Edu, all changes done in /etc/ is tracked using a version control system.  This make it possible to see when a file changed, and what was changed if the file is a text file. 
+</para>
+<para>It is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. 
+</para>
+<para>List of available commands: 
+</para><screen><![CDATA[ debian-edu-etc-svk init
+ debian-edu-etc-svk commit
+ debian-edu-etc-svk status
+ debian-edu-etc-svk log
+ debian-edu-etc-svk diff
+]]>
+</screen>
+<para>The 'commit' command was renamed from 'update' 2007-07-06.  In a transition period, both commands will work. 
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Example usage
+</title>
+<para>In a freshly installed system try: 
+</para>
+<para>
+</para><screen><![CDATA[debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less 
+]]>
+</screen>
+<para>FIXME: explain how to commit and revert 
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Resize Partitions
+</title>
+<para>Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes.  Only the /boot/ partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible to extend partitions while they are mounted.  This is a feature of the Linux kernel since version 2.6.10.  Shrinking partitions still need to happen while the partition is unmounted. 
+</para>
+<para>It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should arise, and file system check take a very long  time for large partitions.  A good limit can be 20 GiB.  It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one very large one. 
+</para>
+<para>To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize
 </computeroutput> script is provided.  When invoked, it reads the configuration from  <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab
 </computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab
 </computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab
 </computeroutput>, and based on the rules provided in these files propose to extend partitions with too little free space.  Without any arguments, it will only write the commands needed to extend the file system, and the argument <computeroutput>-n
 </computeroutput> is needed to actually extend the file systems. 
-</para><para>FIXME: Should we copy instructions on how to use LVM here, or just refer to other documentataion?  Perhaps use the <ulink url='/ResizeHome0'>ResizeHome0
-</ulink> instructions? 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>Using volatile.debian.org
-</title><para>FIXME: describe how to... 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>Using backports.org
-</title><para>FIXME: describe how to... 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>Java
-</title><para>
+</para>
+<para>FIXME: Should we copy instructions on how to use LVM here, or just refer to other documentataion?  Perhaps use the ResizeHome0 instructions? 
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Using volatile.debian.org
+</title>
+<para>FIXME: describe how to... 
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Using backports.org
+</title>
+<para>FIXME: describe how to... 
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Java
+</title>
+<para>
 </para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts
 ]]>
-</screen><para/>
-</section><section><title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org
-</title><para>The <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos
-</ulink> from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/
-</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos
-</ulink> over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) 
-</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn
-</ulink> 
-</para>
-</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC
+</screen>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org
+</title>
+<para>The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/
+</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) 
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn
 </ulink> 
 </para>
-</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC
 </ulink> 
 </para>
-</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/EtcInSvk'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/EtcInSvk
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet
 </ulink> 
 </para>
-</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary
 </ulink> 
 </para>
-</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication
 </ulink> 
 </para>
 </listitem>
 </itemizedlist>
 </section>
-</section> <para/><section><title>Howtos for the desktop
-</title><para/><section><title>KDE Kiosk mode
-</title><itemizedlist><listitem><para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode'>Kiosk mode
+</section> 
+
+<section>
+<title>Howtos for the desktop
+</title>
+
+<section>
+<title>KDE Kiosk mode
+</title><itemizedlist><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode'>Kiosk mode
 </ulink> - description of the kiosk mode settings 
 </para>
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para/>
-</section><section><title>Modifying the kdm login screen
-</title><para>In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/
+</itemizedlist>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Modifying the kdm login screen
+</title>
+<para>In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/
 </computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default. 
-</para><para>Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} package: 
+</para>
+<para>Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} package: 
 </para><screen><![CDATA[USETHEME="true"
 THEME="/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue"
 ]]>
-</screen><para>See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm
+</screen>
+<para>See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm
 </computeroutput> for information on how these variables are used. 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>Flash
-</title><para>To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Flash
+</title>
+<para>To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree
 </computeroutput> debian package.  It require a working Internet connection, and will download the precompiled binary from Adobe and convert it into a Debian package before [...].  [Hm, no use documenting this if it does not work. pere 2007-07-12]. 
-</para><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/rightsidebar/img/alert.png' depth='15'/>
+</para>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch [pere 2007-07-12] 
-</para><para>An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia.  It work with both konqueror and firefox. 
-</para><para>To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/'>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/
+</para>
+<para>An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia.  It work with both konqueror and firefox. 
+</para>
+<para>To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/'>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/
 </ulink> and install with dpkg -i <package-name> as root. 
-</para><para>E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via webbrowser or with wget: 
+</para>
+<para>E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via webbrowser or with wget: 
 </para><screen><![CDATA[wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb
 ]]>
-</screen><para>Then install: 
+</screen>
+<para>Then install: 
 </para><screen><![CDATA[dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb
 ]]>
-</screen><para>If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first: 
+</screen>
+<para>If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first: 
 </para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla
 ]]>
-</screen><para/>
-</section><section><title>Other useful plugins
-</title><para>After adding the multimedia repository: 
+</screen>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Other useful plugins
+</title>
+<para>After adding the multimedia repository: 
 </para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins
 ]]>
-</screen><para/>
-</section><section><title>Playing DVDs
-</title><para>libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons it's not included in Debian (Edu).  If you are legally allowed to use it, you can use the packages from debian-multimedia.org. 
-</para><para>To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or just add  
+</screen>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Playing DVDs
+</title>
+<para>libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons it's not included in Debian (Edu).  If you are legally allowed to use it, you can use the packages from debian-multimedia.org. 
+</para>
+<para>To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or just add  
 </para><screen><![CDATA[deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main
 ]]>
-</screen><para>to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-multimedia-keyring). 
-</para><para>Install multimedia and dvd libraries 
+</screen>
+<para>to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-multimedia-keyring). 
+</para>
+<para>Install multimedia and dvd libraries 
 </para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs
 ]]>
 </screen>
 </section>
-</section> <para/><section><title>Howtos for networked clients
-</title><para/><section><title>Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations
-</title><para>Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation
+</section> 
+
+<section>
+<title>Howtos for networked clients
+</title>
+
+<section>
+<title>Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations
+</title>
+<para>Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation
 </ulink> 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>LTSP in detail
-</title><para/><section><title>lts.conf
-</title><para>To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you can edit the file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf. Have a look at /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf to see examples and what parameters you can specify. 
-</para><para>The default values is defined under [default], to configure one client, specify which client using the client mac adress or ipadress like this [192.168.0.10].  
-</para><para>Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add something like this: 
-</para><para>[192.168.0.10] X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024 X_HORZSYNC = "60-70" X_VERTREFRESH = "59-62" 
-</para><para>somewhere below the default settings. 
-</para><para>Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client. 
-</para><para>To use ipadresses in lts.conf you should add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you lts.conf file. 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>load balancing LTSP servers
-</title><para>It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers for load balancing.  One way is listing several servers using LDM_SERVER in lts.conf.  Another is by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers to connect to.  In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each of the servers. This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1. 
-</para><para/>
-</section>
-</section><section><title>Connecting windows machines to the network / windows integration
-</title><para>For Windows clients the Windows domain "SKOLELINUX" is available to be joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, enables Windows clients to store profiles and userdata and also authenticates the users during the login. 
-</para><para>In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are required: 
-</para><para>1. Create a user with membership in the "admins" group (if not already existing) 
-</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>In order to be able to join the "SKOLELINUX" domain a member of the admins group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that membership needs to be added (for more information see <link to lwat docu>). The user "root" will <emphasis role='strong'>not
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>LTSP in detail
+</title>
+
+<section>
+<title>lts.conf
+</title>
+<para>To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you can edit the file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf. Have a look at /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf to see examples and what parameters you can specify. 
+</para>
+<para>The default values is defined under [default], to configure one client, specify which client using the client mac adress or ipadress like this [192.168.0.10].  
+</para>
+<para>Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add something like this: 
+</para>
+<para>[192.168.0.10] X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024 X_HORZSYNC = "60-70" X_VERTREFRESH = "59-62" 
+</para>
+<para>somewhere below the default settings. 
+</para>
+<para>Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client. 
+</para>
+<para>To use ipadresses in lts.conf you should add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you lts.conf file. 
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>load balancing LTSP servers
+</title>
+<para>It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers for load balancing.  One way is listing several servers using LDM_SERVER in lts.conf.  Another is by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers to connect to.  In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each of the servers. This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1. 
+</para>
+</section>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Connecting windows machines to the network / windows integration
+</title>
+<para>For Windows clients the Windows domain "SKOLELINUX" is available to be joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, enables Windows clients to store profiles and userdata and also authenticates the users during the login. 
+</para>
+<para>In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are required: 
+</para>
+<para>1. Create a user with membership in the "admins" group (if not already existing) 
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
+<para>In order to be able to join the "SKOLELINUX" domain a member of the admins group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that membership needs to be added (for more information see <link to lwat docu>). The user "root" will <emphasis role='strong'>not
 </emphasis> work, because there is no password for root in Samba. 
 </para>
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>2. Configure the Windows client as static host 
-</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client later as being allowed to authenticate users. In order to enable Samba to store this data, Samba requires an static host configuration to be present. This could be added by using the LWAT web interface (see also <link to lwat>). When adding the static host configuration it is important to check the "Samba host" option, otherwise will lack the required data to be able to join the domain. 
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>2. Configure the Windows client as static host 
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
+<para>When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client later as being allowed to authenticate users. In order to enable Samba to store this data, Samba requires an static host configuration to be present. This could be added by using the LWAT web interface (see also <link to lwat>). When adding the static host configuration it is important to check the "Samba host" option, otherwise will lack the required data to be able to join the domain. 
 </para>
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration) 
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration) 
 </para><itemizedlist><listitem>It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise Samba will not find the host added in step 2. 
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1. 
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1. 
 </para><itemizedlist><listitem>Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system somewhere in the system properties. A freshly installed Windows system should belong to a default workgroup. You can join the domain by selecting "Domain" instead of "Workgroup" and entering SKOLELINUX as new domain. Pressing enter will then open a new window, where the login data of the user created in step 1. can be entered. After some time the Windows client opens a popup window with a welcome message. After the obligatory reboot the loginscreen offers a option to login into the domain. 
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. To minimize the time needed, one should deactivate things like local cache in browsers (you could use the squid proxycache installed on tjener instead) and save file into the H: volume instead of "Own files". 
-</para><para/><section><title>XP home
-</title><para>Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. However, they may need to disable the windows firewall before Tjener will appear in Network Neighbourhood (or whatever its called now). 
-</para><para/>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. To minimize the time needed, one should deactivate things like local cache in browsers (you could use the squid proxycache installed on tjener instead) and save file into the H: volume instead of "Own files". 
+</para>
+
+<section>
+<title>XP home
+</title>
+<para>Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. However, they may need to disable the windows firewall before Tjener will appear in Network Neighbourhood (or whatever its called now). 
+</para>
+</section>
 </section>
-</section><section><title>remote Desktops
-</title><para>Some municipalities provide a remote desktop in addition to what defaults with Skolelinux. That way students and teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac or Linux.  
+
+<section>
+<title>remote Desktops
+</title>
+<para>Some municipalities provide a remote desktop in addition to what defaults with Skolelinux. That way students and teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac or Linux.  
 </para><itemizedlist><listitem>NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has provided NX support to all their students since 2005. They report that the solution is stable.  
 </listitem><listitem>VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely.  
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para/>
-</section><section><title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org
-</title><para>The <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos
-</ulink> from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/
-</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos
-</ulink> over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) 
-</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs
+</itemizedlist>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org
+</title>
+<para>The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/
+</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) 
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs
 </ulink> 
 </para>
-</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation
 </ulink> - if this is moved, also the pointer in $svn/trunk/src/debian-edu-config/sbin/ltsp-make-client needs to be changed 
 </para>
 </listitem>
 </itemizedlist>
 </section>
-</section> <para/><section><title>Howtos for teaching and learning
-</title><para/><section><title>Schooltool
-</title><para>FIXME: the heading and the description needs fixing. Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and credit points. 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>Monitoring pupils and restricting their network access
-</title><para>Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it. 
-</para><para>Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. FIXME: explain how to install and use it. 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org
-</title><para>The <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos
-</ulink> from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/
-</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos
-</ulink> over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) 
-</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep
+</section> 
+
+<section>
+<title>Howtos for teaching and learning
+</title>
+
+<section>
+<title>Schooltool
+</title>
+<para>FIXME: the heading and the description needs fixing. Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and credit points. 
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Monitoring pupils and restricting their network access
+</title>
+<para>Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it. 
+</para>
+<para>Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. FIXME: explain how to install and use it. 
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org
+</title>
+<para>The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/
+</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) 
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep
 </ulink> - incomplete but interesting  
 </para>
 </listitem>
 </itemizedlist>
 </section>
-</section> <para/><section><title>Contribute
-</title><para/><section><title>Let us know you exist
-</title><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/worldmap.png'/>
+</section> 
+
+<section>
+<title>Contribute
+</title>
+
+<section>
+<title>Let us know you exist
+</title>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/worldmap.png'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> 
-</para><para>There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates us very much and therefore is already a valuable contribution. <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/rightsidebar/img/smile.png' depth='15'/>
+</para>
+<para>There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates us very much and therefore is already a valuable contribution. <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/smile.png' depth='15'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>:-)
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> 
-</para><para>The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about where the users of the distribution are located.  Please let us know about your installation, by registering in this database.  To register,  <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools'>use this web form
+</para>
+<para>The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about where the users of the distribution are located.  Please let us know about your installation, by registering in this database.  To register,  <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools'>use this web form
 </ulink>. 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>Resources
-</title><para><emphasis role='strong'>FIXME
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Resources
+</title>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>FIXME
 </emphasis>, for now some basic pointers: 
-</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu
 </ulink> - mostly developer centric wiki 
 </para>
-</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu
 </ulink> - developer centric mailing list 
 </para>
 </listitem><listitem>#debian-edu on irc.debian.org 
-</listitem><listitem><para>we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para>we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams
 </ulink> working on different subjects. 
 </para>
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>FIXME: add link to Support chapter 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>Documentation writers
-</title><para>This document needs your help. You can help at <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/
-</ulink> <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/rightsidebar/img/smile.png' depth='15'/>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>FIXME: add link to Support chapter 
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Documentation writers
+</title>
+<para>This document needs your help. You can help at <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/
+</ulink> <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/smile.png' depth='15'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>:-)
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>Translations wanted
-</title><para>Another good way to help is by translating software and documentation. Information how to translate the documentation can be found in the <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations translation chapter'>DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations translation chapter
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Translations wanted
+</title>
+<para>Another good way to help is by translating software and documentation. Information how to translate the documentation can be found in the <ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>translation chapter
 </ulink> of this book. 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>Join a local Debian Edu team
-</title><para><emphasis role='strong'>FIXME
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Join a local Debian Edu team
+</title>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>FIXME
 </emphasis>: in Norway, Germany, France, Spain (the region of Extremadura).  
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>Start a new local Debian Edu team
-</title><para><emphasis role='strong'>FIXME:
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Start a new local Debian Edu team
+</title>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>FIXME:
 </emphasis> "isolated" contributors and users in schools exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere. Meet up for beer or coffee and form a new Debian Edu local team! 
 </para>
 </section>
-</section> <para/><section><title>Support
-</title><para/><section><title>Volunteer based support
-</title><para/><section><title>in english
-</title><itemizedlist><listitem><para><ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss
+</section> 
+
+<section>
+<title>Support
+</title>
+
+<section>
+<title>Volunteer based support
+</title>
+
+<section>
+<title>in english
+</title><itemizedlist><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss
 </ulink> - support mailing list 
 </para>
-</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu
 </ulink> - developer centric mailing list, more useful to report problems than to get real support 
 </para>
 </listitem><listitem>#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - developer centric IRC channel 
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para/>
-</section><section><title>in norwegian
-</title><itemizedlist><listitem><para><ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker
+</itemizedlist>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>in norwegian
+</title><itemizedlist><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker
 </ulink> - support mailing list 
 </para>
-</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen
 </ulink> - mailinglist for the development member organisation in Norway (FRISK) 
 </para>
 </listitem><listitem>#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users 
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para/>
-</section><section><title>in german
-</title><itemizedlist><listitem><para><ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user
+</itemizedlist>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>in german
+</title><itemizedlist><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user
 </ulink> - support mailing list 
 </para>
-</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de
 </ulink> - wiki with lots of HowTos etc. 
 </para>
 </listitem><listitem>#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users 
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para/>
-</section><section><title>in french
-</title><itemizedlist><listitem><para><ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french
+</itemizedlist>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>in french
+</title><itemizedlist><listitem>
+<para><ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french
 </ulink> - support mailinglist 
 </para>
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para/>
+</itemizedlist>
 </section>
-</section><section><title>Professional support
-</title><para>Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Professional support
+</title>
+<para>Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp
 </ulink>. 
 </para>
 </section>
-</section> <para/><section><title>Copyright and authors
-</title><para>This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin and Ralf Gesellensetter is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy! 
-</para><para>If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions
+</section> 
+
+<section>
+<title>Copyright and authors
+</title>
+<para>This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin and Ralf Gesellensetter is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy! 
+</para>
+<para>If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions
 </emphasis>! Then add your name here and release it under the GPL2 or later version. 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>Translation copyright and authors
-</title><para>The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. 
-</para><para>The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. 
-</para><para>The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter and Roland F. Teichert and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. 
-</para>
-</section> <para/><section><title>Translations of this document
-</title><para>Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist. 
-</para><para/><section><title>Howto translate this document
-</title><para>Read this, if you want to start/help translating this document: 
-</para><para>Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Translation copyright and authors
+</title>
+<para>The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. 
+</para>
+<para>The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. 
+</para>
+<para>The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter and Roland F. Teichert and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. 
+</para>
+</section> 
+
+<section>
+<title>Translations of this document
+</title>
+<para>Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist. 
+</para>
+
+<section>
+<title>Howto translate this document
+</title>
+<para>Read this, if you want to start/help translating this document: 
+</para>
+<para>Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations
 </computeroutput> for more information on this. There are many easy tools for translating, we suggest to use <computeroutput>kbabel
 </computeroutput>. 
-</para><para>To update the translations you need to be a member of the alioth project <computeroutput>debian-edu
+</para>
+<para>To update the translations you need to be a member of the alioth project <computeroutput>debian-edu
 </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to check out some files from from svn, create patches and send those to <ulink url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org
 </ulink> - of course you can also file a bug against the debian-edu-doc package and attach the patch there.. 
-</para><para>You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc
+</para>
+<para>You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc
 </computeroutput> source with the following command (you need to have the <computeroutput>subversion
 </computeroutput> package installed for this to work): 
-</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-edu-doc
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
+<para><computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-edu-doc
 </computeroutput> 
 </para>
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual.$CC.po
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual.$CC.po
 </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code) and either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to do so) or send the file to the mailinglist or the BTS. 
-</para><para>Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is none yet, and how to update translations. 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>Potential problems for translations
-</title><para>We will need to write sed-scripts (or something like that) to support different images for different translations. Laters <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/rightsidebar/img/smile.png' depth='15'/>
+</para>
+<para>Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is none yet, and how to update translations. 
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Potential problems for translations
+</title>
+<para>We will need to write sed-scripts (or something like that) to support different images for different translations. Laters <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/smile.png' depth='15'/>
 </imageobject><textobject><phrase>:)
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> 
-</para><para>Please report any other showstoppers. 
+</para>
+<para>Please report any other showstoppers. 
 </para>
 </section>
-</section> <para/><section><title>Appendix A - The GNU Public License
-</title><para>
+</section> 
+
+<section>
+<title>Appendix A - The GNU Public License
+</title>
+<para>
 </para><screen><![CDATA[Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]>
-</screen><para/><section><title>Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename "Terra"
-</title><para>Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht.org'>holger at layer-acht.org
+</screen>
+
+<section>
+<title>Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename "Terra"
+</title>
+<para>Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht.org'>holger at layer-acht.org
 </ulink> > and others, see <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/CopyRight'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/CopyRight
 </ulink> for the full list of copyright owners. 
-</para><para>This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. 
-</para><para>This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details. 
-</para><para>You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-</title><para>Version 2, June 1991 
-</para><para>Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-</title><para><emphasis role='strong'>0.
+</para>
+<para>This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. 
+</para>
+<para>This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details. 
+</para>
+<para>You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. 
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+</title>
+<para>Version 2, June 1991 
+</para>
+<para>Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. 
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+</title>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>0.
 </emphasis>  This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you". 
-</para><para>Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. 
-</para><para><emphasis role='strong'>1.
+</para>
+<para>Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. 
+</para>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>1.
 </emphasis>  You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. 
-</para><para>You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. 
-</para><para><emphasis role='strong'>2.
+</para>
+<para>You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. 
+</para>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>2.
 </emphasis>  You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: 
-</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><emphasis role='strong'>a)
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>a)
 </emphasis>       You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices       stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. 
-</para><para><emphasis role='strong'>b)
+</para>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>b)
 </emphasis>       You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in       whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any       part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third       parties under the terms of this License. 
-</para><para><emphasis role='strong'>c)
+</para>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>c)
 </emphasis>       If the modified program normally reads commands interactively       when run, you must cause it, when started running for such       interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an       announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a       notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide       a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under       these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this       License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but       does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on       the Program is not required to print an announcement.) 
 </para>
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. 
-</para><para>Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. 
-</para><para>In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. 
-</para><para><emphasis role='strong'>3.
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. 
+</para>
+<para>Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. 
+</para>
+<para>In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. 
+</para>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>3.
 </emphasis>  You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: 
-</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><emphasis role='strong'>a)
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>a)
 </emphasis>       Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable       source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections       1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, 
-</para><para><emphasis role='strong'>b)
+</para>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>b)
 </emphasis>       Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three       years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your       cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete       machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be       distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium       customarily used for software interchange; or, 
-</para><para><emphasis role='strong'>c)
+</para>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>c)
 </emphasis>       Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer       to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is       allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you       received the program in object code or executable form with such       an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) 
 </para>
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para>The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. 
-</para><para>If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. 
-</para><para><emphasis role='strong'>4.
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. 
+</para>
+<para>If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. 
+</para>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>4.
 </emphasis>  You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 
-</para><para><emphasis role='strong'>5.
+</para>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>5.
 </emphasis>  You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. 
-</para><para><emphasis role='strong'>6.
+</para>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>6.
 </emphasis>  Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. 
-</para><para><emphasis role='strong'>7.
+</para>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>7.
 </emphasis>   If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. 
-</para><para>If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. 
-</para><para>It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. 
-</para><para>This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. 
-</para><para><emphasis role='strong'>8.
+</para>
+<para>If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. 
+</para>
+<para>It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. 
+</para>
+<para>This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. 
+</para>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>8.
 </emphasis>  If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. 
-</para><para><emphasis role='strong'>9.
+</para>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>9.
 </emphasis>  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. 
-</para><para>Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. 
-</para><para><emphasis role='strong'>10.
+</para>
+<para>Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. 
+</para>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>10.
 </emphasis>  If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. 
-</para><para><emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY
+</para>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY
 </emphasis> 
-</para><para><emphasis role='strong'>11.
+</para>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>11.
 </emphasis>  BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 
-</para><para><emphasis role='strong'>12.
+</para>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>12.
 </emphasis>  IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
 </title>
 </section>
-</section> <para/><section><title>Live DVD - Boot from CD to test the system
-</title><para/><section><title>Features of the Standalone image
+</section> 
+
+<section>
+<title>Live DVD - Boot from CD to test the system
+</title>
+
+<section>
+<title>Features of the Standalone image
 </title><itemizedlist><listitem>Almost all packages from the Standalone profile 
 </listitem><listitem>All packages from the laptop task 
 </listitem><listitem>The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils. 
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para/><section><title>Activating translations and regional support
-</title><para>To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8
+</itemizedlist>
+
+<section>
+<title>Activating translations and regional support
+</title>
+<para>To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8
 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale name you want.  To aciviate a given keyboard layout, use the <computeroutput>keyb=KB
 </computeroutput> option where KB is the wanted keyboard layout.  More information on this feature <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianLive/l10n'>is available from the live cd build script documentation
 </ulink>.  Here is a list of commonly used locale codes: 
-</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='3'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><colspec colname='xxx3'/><tbody><row><entry><para> <emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region)
+</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols='3'><colspec colname='xxx1'/><colspec colname='xxx2'/><colspec colname='xxx3'/><tbody><row><entry>
+<para> <emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region)
 </emphasis> 
 </para>
-</entry><entry><para> <emphasis role='strong'>Locale value
+</entry><entry>
+<para> <emphasis role='strong'>Locale value
 </emphasis> 
 </para>
-</entry><entry><para> <emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout
+</entry><entry>
+<para> <emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout
 </emphasis> 
 </para>
 </entry>
-</row><row><entry><para> Norwegian Bokmål  
+</row><row><entry>
+<para> Norwegian Bokmål  
 </para>
-</entry><entry><para> nb_NO.UTF-8 
+</entry><entry>
+<para> nb_NO.UTF-8 
 </para>
-</entry><entry><para> no 
+</entry><entry>
+<para> no 
 </para>
 </entry>
-</row><row><entry><para> Norwegian Nynorsk 
+</row><row><entry>
+<para> Norwegian Nynorsk 
 </para>
-</entry><entry><para> nn_NO.UTF-8 
+</entry><entry>
+<para> nn_NO.UTF-8 
 </para>
-</entry><entry><para> no 
+</entry><entry>
+<para> no 
 </para>
 </entry>
-</row><row><entry><para> German            
+</row><row><entry>
+<para> German            
 </para>
-</entry><entry><para> de_DE.UTF-8 
+</entry><entry>
+<para> de_DE.UTF-8 
 </para>
-</entry><entry><para> de 
+</entry><entry>
+<para> de 
 </para>
 </entry>
-</row><row><entry><para> French (France)   
+</row><row><entry>
+<para> French (France)   
 </para>
-</entry><entry><para> fr_FR.UTF-8 
+</entry><entry>
+<para> fr_FR.UTF-8 
 </para>
-</entry><entry><para> ? (FIXME) 
+</entry><entry>
+<para> ? (FIXME) 
 </para>
 </entry>
-</row><row><entry><para> Greek (Greece)    
+</row><row><entry>
+<para> Greek (Greece)    
 </para>
-</entry><entry><para> el_GR.UTF-8 
+</entry><entry>
+<para> el_GR.UTF-8 
 </para>
-</entry><entry><para> ? (FIXME) 
+</entry><entry>
+<para> ? (FIXME) 
 </para>
 </entry>
-</row><row><entry><para> Japanese          
+</row><row><entry>
+<para> Japanese          
 </para>
-</entry><entry><para> ja_JP.UTF-8 
+</entry><entry>
+<para> ja_JP.UTF-8 
 </para>
-</entry><entry><para> ? (FIXME) 
+</entry><entry>
+<para> ? (FIXME) 
 </para>
 </entry>
-</row><row><entry><para> Northern Sami (Norway)   
+</row><row><entry>
+<para> Northern Sami (Norway)   
 </para>
-</entry><entry><para> se_NO             
+</entry><entry>
+<para> se_NO             
 </para>
-</entry><entry><para> no(smi) 
+</entry><entry>
+<para> no(smi) 
 </para>
 </entry>
 </row>
 </tbody>
 </tgroup>
-</table><para>A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED
+</table>
+<para>A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED
 </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported by the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though.  The keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/. 
-</para><para/>
-</section><section><title>Stuff to know
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Stuff to know
 </title><itemizedlist><listitem>the password for the user is "user", root has no passwd set. 
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para/>
-</section><section><title>Known issues with the image
+</itemizedlist>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Known issues with the image
 </title><itemizedlist><listitem>none known yet. 
 </listitem>
-</itemizedlist><para/>
-</section><section><title>Download
-</title><para>The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/'>FTP
+</itemizedlist>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Download
+</title>
+<para>The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/'>FTP
 </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/'>HTTP
 </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/. 
 </para>


hooks/post-receive
-- 
debian-edu-doc.git (Debian package debian-edu-doc)

This is an automated email from the git hooks/post-receive script. It was
generated because a ref change was pushed to the repository containing
the project "debian-edu-doc.git" (Debian package debian-edu-doc).




More information about the debian-edu-commits mailing list